L1000 Manual PDF
L1000 Manual PDF
L1000 Manual PDF
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.
Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation
3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation 4
Parameter Details 5
Troubleshooting
6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance 7
Peripheral Devices &
Options 8
Specifications A
Parameter List B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications C
Standards Compliance D
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 32A Quick Reference Sheet E
Copyright 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information
contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the
information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this
publication.
2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Quick Reference
Drive a Synchronous PM Motor
L1000A can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors on page 94.
Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 96.
Standards Compliance
Refer to European Standards on page 372 and Refer to UL Standards on page 376.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 3
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Table of Contents
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1. RECEIVING .......................................................................................................... 27
1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.2 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L1000A Model Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.4 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exploded Views of Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
IP00 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 5
3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 45
3.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L2A0018 to 0075)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L4A0009 to 0039) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L2A0085, 0115)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L4A0045, 0060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Three-Phase 200 V Class (CIMR-L2A0145, 0180)
Three-Phase 400 V Class (CIMR-L4A0075 to 0150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
3.5 Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Removing/Reattaching the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
3.9 Control I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Setting Sink/Source with Input Terminals SN and SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Using the Photocoupler and Contact Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
3.10 Connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
3.12 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Flowchart A: Installation, Wiring, Basic Setup for Motor and Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Motor Rotation Direction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Encoder Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Digital Operator Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Flowchart B: Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Flowchart D: Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.5 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Types of Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Auto-Tuning Operation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Up and Down Commands and Speed Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Multi-Function Terminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Accel/Decel Ramp and Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Inspection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Brake Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Adjustments for Riding Comfort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Up/down Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Motor Gets Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Putting Out Voltage . . . . . . . . 126
Electric Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Riding Comfort Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Parameter Access Level: A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 7
5.3 C: Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
C2: Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
C4: Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
C5: Speed Control Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
5.4 d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
d1: Speed Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
d6: Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
5.5 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
E1: V/f Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
5.6 F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
F1: Encoder/PG Feedback Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
F3: Digital Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
F5: Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
F6: Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
CANopen Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
5.7 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
5.8 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
L1: Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
L2: Undervoltage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
L5: Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
5.9 n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
n5: Inertia Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
n6: Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
n9: Current Detection Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
S1: Brake Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
S2: Slip Compensation for Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
S3: Start/Stop Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
S4: Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
S5: Short Floor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
S6: Faults for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
U2: Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
U3: Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
U4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
U6: Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 9
Connecting a Surge Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Connecting a Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Fuse/Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
EMC Filter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.6 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
C.7 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Message Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Error Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
C.8 Message Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Fault Trace Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Alarm Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
C.10 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Parameter H5-11 and the Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
C.11 Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Slave Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
C.12 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 11
12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result
in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the
consequences of ignoring these instructions.
I.1 PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I.2 GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 13
i.1 Preface
i.1 Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection
and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa
accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances
should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without
exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All
systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with
appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa
must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in
conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims
arising from misapplication of its products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of Variable L1000A-Series Drives. Read this manual
before attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future
reference. Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.
Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for L1000A series drives:
This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to
ESC
LO
RE an overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. It is meant to get the drive ready for a trial run with the
application and for basic operation.
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
CIMR-AA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
YEC_co
After opening the manual switch Aprs avoir dconncte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain deffectuer
inspecting, performing une opration de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. cblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
Top and Side surfaces may Dessus et cots du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
5
400V
mon
This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications. Use
this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.
Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
Trademarks
EnDat is a trademark of Heidenhain Corporation.
HIPERFACE is a trademark of Sick Stegmann, Inc.
CANopen is a trademark of CAN in Automation (CiA).
Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.
14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed
according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could
result in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings
in this manual.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Before Auto-Tuning, make sure the area around the motor and elevator are clear.
The motor may suddenly rotate during the Auto-Tuning process, which can result in personal injury if proper safety
measures are not taken beforehand.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 15
i.2 General Safety
DANGER
Rotational Auto-Tuning must always be performed with the motor disconnected from the load (ropes removed
from traction sheave).
If the ropes are is left mounted during Rotational Auto-Tuning, the drive will be unable to set motor parameters
correctly. This will result in erroneous operation.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Never remove or install option cards or attempt to
replace the cooling fan while the drive is switched on. Make sure that the drive and all devices connected to the
drive have been shut off prior to performing and type of maintenance or wiring. After shutting off the power,
wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.
Failure to comply can result in serious electric shock.
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Drive settings and system design may cause the elevator to begin running as soon as the power to the drive is
switched on. This can result in serious personal injury or even death.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and elevator area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft
keys, and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
A brake independent of drive circuitry must be prepared by the user prior to operation.
The holding brake should be wired so that it is applied by an external sequence when a fault occurs, the power is
shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
When the drive faults out, the output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. Some type of
mechanical brake may be needed if it is necessary to halt the motor faster than the Emergency Stop function is able to.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
A separate brake should be installed to prevent an external force from rotating the motor.
Even during operation, a vertical force external to the load (such as gravity) can rotate the motor unexpectedly. To
ensure application safety, install a separate external brake.
Wire the brake sequence so that the brake applies as soon as baseblock shuts off drive output.
If the brake fails to apply immediately upon baseblock, the motor will begin to coast when baseblock shuts the drive
output, causing the elevator car to free-fall.
Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run.
Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Double check the emergency stop sequence once wiring is complete. The emergency stop circuitry is crucial for
safety to ensure that the application can stop immediately.
Failing to properly verify all emergency stop wiring could result in serious personal injury.
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 120 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high
speed, be sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is
50 Hz.
Incorrect settings can cause the drive to accelerate to dangerously high speed.
Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the
ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.
16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Never set the stopping method to anything other than Ramp to stop. Parameter b1-03 should therefore always
be set to 0.
Any other setting leaves the motor uncontrolled when the Up/Down command is removed and can cause the elevator
car to free-fall.
To avoid the motor's coasting and to ensure the motor's stopping quickly and safely, set an appropriate
Emergency Stop Ramp to C1-09.
Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts.
Do not use the fault restart function unnecessarily.
Carelessly using the fault restart function leads to an unintended start of the elevator, resulting in death or serious
injury.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
When performing Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance with the rope mounted on the motor, the
brake must remain applied throughout the entire Auto-Tuning process. Make sure that a signal to release the
brake cannot be issued by the digital output terminals during Stationary Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
During Stationary Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance, voltage is applied to
the motor even before it rotates. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor with a different speed feedback option than a PG-F3 card together with an external
brake sequence, make sure the brake is not released before Initial Magnetic Pole Search has been finished. Use
the Initial Pole Search Status signal (H2- = 61) to interlock the brake.
Failure to comply can cause the counterweight to pull on the elevator car, resulting in personal injury.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a motor, voltage continues to be generated at the
motor terminals while the motor coasts to stop.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a magnetic
contactor installed to the output side of the drive.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive
has been shut off.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 17
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
When closing the magnetic contactor while the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on
and the drive output has completely stopped.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Never attempt to change any wiring or remove any connectors while power is flowing through the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Turn the power on only after making sure that the front cover is properly attached. Never remove the front
cover while power to the drive is on.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Wiring to the motor (U, V, W) should never come into contact with the external case of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Switch off the power supply and lock the switching device before wiring terminals.
Failure to comply would result in serious injury or death.
Keep the protective earthing conductor as short as possible.
Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Make sure all ground terminals have been properly grounded: Grounding resistance up to 100 for the 200 V
class, or up to 10 for the 400 V class.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the enclosure does
not exceed 40 C.
The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals.
Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
When installing a dynamic braking resistor or optional Braking Resistor Unit, perform all wiring exactly as
specified in the wiring diagrams provided.
Failure to comply can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.
Applications using a braking option should wire a thermal relay so that the output contactor opens when the
thermal relay trips.
Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip detection
setting. Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
Failure to comply can result in fire.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
CAUTION
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
During the Rotational Auto-Tuning process, the drive will start and stop the motor. Never touch the motor while
Auto-Tuning is being performed. Follow the directions below to ensure safety.
Remove any shaft lock keys
Clear all personnel and equipment from the drive, motor, and elevator area
Make sure the motor has come to a complete stop
Failing to take proper safety measures can result in personal injury.
Preventing Injury
A separate emergency stop switch should be installed separately from drive circuitry (the drives own
emergency stop function is enabled only when it has been assigned to one of the input terminals).
Failure to comply may result in personal injury.
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 19
i.2 General Safety
CAUTION
Check the area thoroughly around the motor and elevator before starting to operate the application.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Reset alarms and faults only after making sure that the Up/Down command has also been removed.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Preventing Burns
Never touch the heatsink on the drive, as it can reach high temperatures. When replacing the cooling fan, wait
at least 15 minutes after power to the drive has been shut off before touching the fan to ensure that it has cooled
off enough.
Failure to comply could result in burns.
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the motor. Ensure the motor
can freely rotate before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in improper operation of the drive.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor, never open or close the magnetic contactor while the motor is running.
Failure to comply could result in the drive damage.
Equipment Hazard
The drive's cooling fan may not run during Rescue Operation due to low voltage from the battery or UPS.
Using Rescue Operation for extended periods of time may result in an oH alarm as the heatsink temperature rises.
Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. The drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must
be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly.
Failure to set the correct drive input voltage may result in improper drive operation.
Use the torque detection function in the drive to notify the PLC of a potential overcurrent or overload situation
before an overcurrent or overload fault is actually triggered. Use undertorque detection to detect any problems
that develop on the application side.
If the drive faults out due to overcurrent or overload, the drive output will be interrupted. The motor will start coasting,
potentially resulting in damage to the machinery or personal injury.
When replacing the control terminal board or removable terminal board, be sure to also check the value set to
parameter o2-04.
If o2-04 is set incorrectly, drive performance may be poor and protection functions may not operate properly,
potentially damaging the drive.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits
capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class) and
480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive.
For optimal performance life, make sure the maximum output current does not exceed 150% of the drive rated
current.
Expected performance life estimates the number of drive starts at three million times. This assumes the carrier
frequency is at its default setting (8 kHz for models CIMR-L2A0018 to 2A0115, 4A0009 to 4A0091, and 5 kHz for
models CIMR-L2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, 4A0150) and a peak current of less than 150% of the drive rated current.
20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive frequently to start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault
circuit interrupter.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it.
Leaving the digital operator plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation
caused by a poor connection. Before reattaching the operator, make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back
into place.
Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
Multi-function relay output terminals are rated at a minimum of 10 mA. If less than 10 mA is required, use the
photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2).
Using the wrong current output level may not have the desired effect when the terminal is activated.
Do not use the negative DC bus terminal "-" as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential.
Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/
T3, -, +1, +2) and other high-power lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance.
Use shielded, twisted-pair wires, and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 21
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit
lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive, circuit boards, and option
cards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive.
Be sure to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on.
Make sure there are no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can
lead to erroneous operation.
If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive.
Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to
loose terminal connections.
Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage
application to output terminals.
Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Do not share ground wiring with devices requiring a large amount of current for operation.
Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions.
Improper equipment grounding could result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50
meters when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference.
Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.
Do not connect magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than motor supplied from the normal
power supply and the wider operating speed range may affect the motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer. Continuously
operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the elevator to be used with the motor.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 23
i.2 General Safety
Application Notes
Selection
Drive Capacity
The output current should not exceed 150% of the drive rated current. Select a drive that can output enough current when
accelerating a load at 100%.
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than rated output current for the drive.
Starting Torque
The startup and acceleration characteristics of the motor are restricted to the drive's overload current rating (150% rated
current for 60 s).
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower
torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and
drive capacity.
Settings
DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the time for DC Injection
Braking is too long.
Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp
Acceleration and deceleration ramp for the motor are determined by the how much torque can be generated, the amount
2
of load torque, and the inertia moment ( GD ). A faster acceleration ramp may trigger the drive's Stall Prevention function,
4
which in turn may lower the acceleration ramp. Lowering the acceleration ramp can eliminate the need for Stall
Prevention, thus ensuring the elevator car moves at the designated acceleration ramp. For a higher acceleration ramp
without triggering Stall Prevention, select a drive with a larger capacity.
General Handling
Selecting a Circuit Breaker or Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
Yaskawa recommends installing an ELCB (Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker) to the power supply side. The ELCB should
be designed for use with an AC drive (e.g. Type B according to IEC 60755).
Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) or ELCB with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the rated
current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Also refer to
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) on page 284.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) on the power supply side to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off
when necessary. The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Do not use a magnetic contactor on the power supply side to frequently start and stop the motor. Failure to comply could
result in damage to the drive.
Inspection and Maintenance
Capacitors in the drive take time to discharge even after the power has been shut off. After shutting off the power, wait
for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The heatsink can become quite hot during operation, and proper precautions should be taken to prevent burns. When
replacing the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor
terminals while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:
Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a magnetic
contactor installed to the output side of the drive.
Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive has been
shut off.
24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the magnetic contactor on the output side before
inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.
Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running, as this can damage the drive.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped
before closing the motor contactor.
Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal
manufacturer for crimping.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 25
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
Read manual before installing. YEC_com
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting mon
power supply.
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.
Figure i.1 Warning Information
Figure i.2
YEC_common
LO
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
CIMR-AA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
Warning Label
maintenance or wiring the drive. cblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
Top and Side surfaces may Dessus et cots du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
5
400V
Warranty Information
Restrictions
L1000A was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives
or health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in
any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a
facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the
likelihood of any accident.
26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives and overview of the
different enclosure types and components.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 27
1.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than motor supplied from the normal
power supply and the wider operating speed range may affect the motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.
28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.2 General Description
<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 8 kHz.
<2> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 5 kHz.
Note: The drive automatically decreases the rated output current when setting higher carrier frequency.
Receiving
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 29
1.2 General Description
30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
Quantity 1 1 1
Nameplate
Figure 1.1
YEC_common
Receiving
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :
CIMR - L B 4 A 0009 F B A
Drive L1000A Customized Enclosure Design
No. No. Type
Series Specifications Revision
A Standard model A IP00 Order
No. Region
Code NEMA
F Type 1
B China
T Asia
Environmental
No.
Specification <1>
A Standard
Humidity- and
B dust-resistant <2>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 31
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
Model Code
32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
1.4 Component Names
C - Mounting hole
B I D - Heatsink
E - Port CN19 cover
F - Terminal board
C G - Bottom cover
H -Rubber bushing
D J
I - Top protective cover
J - Front cover
K
K - USB port (type-B)
E
L - Digital Operator
L M - Terminal cover
N - Terminal cover screw
F
M
G N
<1> The following drive models have a single cooling fan: CIMR-L2A0018F and 4A0009F.
Receiving
IP00 Enclosure
Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-L2A0085A, 0115A
1
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-L4A0045A to 0091A
Table 1.4 Exploded View of IP00 Drive Components (CIMR-L2A0085A)
A - Fan cover
A
B - Cooling fan
C - Mounting hole
B
D - Heatsink
E - Port CN19 cover
C F - Terminal board
G - Front cover
D
H - USB port (type-B)
G
I - Front cover screw
F
J J - Digital operator
H K
E K - Drive Cover
L - Terminal cover
L
I
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 33
1.4 Component Names
Front Views
Figure 1.2
CIMR-L2A0018F CIMR-L2A0145F
I
I
A A
J
J
B B
C C
D
D
E
E
F
YEC_TMonly
34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 35
2.1 Section Safety
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.
Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can
lead to erroneous operation.
If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environmental matching the
specifications below.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10C to +40C (NEMA Type 1 enclosure)
-10C to +50C (IP00 enclosure)
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
Ambient Temperature
When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure
does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature -20 to +60C
Install the drive in an area free from:
oil mist and dust
metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
radioactive materials
Surrounding Area combustible materials (e.g., wood)
harmful gases and liquids
excessive vibration
chlorides
direct sunlight
Altitude 1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating (Refer to Drive Derating Data on page 297)
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration
20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to
erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to
comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the
temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
Mechanical
Installation
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 37
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Installation Spacing
Figure 2.2 shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring.
Figure 2.2
A C
D
B B
C
D
A
YEC_common
38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
YEC_common
Drive Operator
Comm Port
S / N : J007XE273710001
Mechanical
Installation
common_
TMonly
Remote Operation Cable Connector
2
Figure 2.5 Remote Operation Cable Connection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 39
2.2 Mechanical Installation
S / N : J007XE273710001
90
78
15
7.9 44
60
YEC_TMonly minimum
50 Unit: mm
Note: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during
installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
External/Face-Mount
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.8.
2. Position the digital operator so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in
Figure 2.7.
Figure 2.6
Digital Operator M3 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw 2
Enclosure panel
common_TMonly
Unit: mm
Figure 2.7 External/Face-Mount Installation
40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Figure 2.7
22
common_TMonly
78
26
22
2
22
14
Unit: mm
Figure 2.8 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)
Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact your Yaskawa
representative to order an installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.9 illustrates how to attach the
Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.10.
2. Mount the digital operator to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and digital operator to the enclosure panel.
Figure 2.8
Enclosure panel
Digital Operator
common_TMonly
Mechanical
Installation
Unit: mm
120
45
common_TMonly
59 +0.5
0
Unit : mm
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 41
2.2 Mechanical Installation
W1 4-d
1.5
4-d
W1
1.5
H1
H0
H1
H
H
t1 t1
D1
H2
H2
H3
W D1 W D
D
Figure 1 Figure 2
YEC_common
<1> Removing the top protective cover from a NEMA Type 1 drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
<1> Removing the top protective cover from a NEMA Type 1 drive voids NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
H1
H
t1
D1
H2
Max 10 W Max 10 D
YEC_common Figure 1
Mechanical
Installation
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 43
2.2 Mechanical Installation
44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and
power supply.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 45
3.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Double check the emergency stop sequence once wiring is complete. The emergency stop circuitry is crucial for
safety to ensure that the application can stop immediately.
Failing to properly verify all emergency stop wiring could result in serious personal injury.
Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run.
Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Keep the protective earthing conductor as short as possible.
Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Make sure all ground terminals have been properly grounded: Grounding resistance up to 100 for the 200 V
class, or up to 10 for the 400 V class.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
When installing a dynamic braking resistor or optional Braking Resistor Unit, perform all wiring exactly as
specified in the wiring diagrams provided.
Failure to comply can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.
The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals.
Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
Electrical Installation
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Whenever transporting the drive, make sure that the drive is held securely by outside case.
The drive cannot be held securely by simply grabbing on to the front cover or terminal cover. Dropping the drive can 3
damage the drive itself and result in personal injury.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 47
3.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive.
Be sure to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on.
Make sure there are no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits
capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum (200 V Class) and
480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
Multi-function relay output terminals are rated at a minimum of 10 mA. If less than 10 mA is required, use the
photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2).
Using the wrong current output level may not have the desired effect when the terminal is activated.
Do not use the negative DC bus terminal "-" as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential.
Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.
Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it.
Leaving the digital operator plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation
caused by a poor connection. Before reattaching the operator, make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back
into place.
Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive.
Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to
loose terminal connections.
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or electric
leakage circuit breaker.
Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage
application to output terminals.
When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions.
Improper equipment grounding could result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/
T3, -, +1, +2) and other high-power lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit
lines.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment.
Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50
meters when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference.
Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 49
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable
codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum
(200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the
motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.
NOTICE: Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure.
NOTICE: The minimum load for the multi-function relay output MA-MB-MC is 10 mA. If a circuit requires less than 10 mA (reference
value), connect it to a photocoupler output (P1-C1, P2-C2). Improper application of peripheral devices could result in damage to the
photocoupler output of the drive.
50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
Figure 3.1
<4>
FU
r1
Terminals -, +1, +2, B1, B2 are
for connecting options. Never
DC reactor <1>
(option) Thermal relay
(option)
s1
FV
M YEC_common
connect power supply lines to U X <2><3>
FW
these terminals
t1 Cooling fan
Jumper Braking resistor
(option)
+2 +1 B1 B2 <2> U
Wiring sequence should shut off
U/T1
Main Circuit
power to the drive when a fault V/T2 V
output is triggered. 2MCCB M
<14> W
r1
s1 W/T3
t1
ELCB (MCCB) MC Fuse
Three-phase R
R/L1
power supply S S/L2
Ground
200 to 240 VT T/L3
50/60 Hz PGX3 TB1
If running from a 400 V power
supply, a step-down transformer
is needed to reduce the voltage
Drive <6> A+
A
to 200 V.
MC MB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC Control Circuit <5> B+ PG
SA
B
MC Up command / Stop S1 Z+
Braking resistor unit
Thermal relay trip contact THRX Z
1
Down command / Stop S2
2
SA NC SD
TRX Nominal Speed S3 FE
SA
CN3
MC MA Inspection Operation S4 IP12 TB2
TRX
IP5 IP
Intermediate Speed 1 S5 IG
Fault relay IG
contact Multi-function SG
digtial inputs Leveling Speed S6
(default setting) a+
a- A pulse monitor signal
Not Used S7 b+
b- B pulse monitor signal
Not Used S8 z+
Option card z- Z pulse monitor signal
connector CN5-C
SN
CN5-B MA Fault relay output <13> <14>
Sink / Source mode SC 250 Vac, max. 1 A
MB
selection wire link 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(default: Sink) <7> SP CN5-A MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
+24 V
M1 Multi-function relay output (Brake Release Command)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
Shield ground terminal
M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
<8>
M3 Multi-function relay output (Motor Contactor Close Command)
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA 250 Vac, max. 1 A
2 k M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
A1 Analog Input 1 (Speed Bias) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Multi-function -10 to +10 Vdc (20 k)
analog inputs M5 Multi-function relay output (Drive Ready) <15>
A2 Analog Input 2 (Not used) 250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6 30 Vdc, max 1 A
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 k)
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V P1
V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA Photo Coupler 1
<8> C1 (During Frequency Output) Digital output
Electrical Installation
Termination resistor 5 to 48 Vdc
(120 , 1/2 W) P2 2 to 50 mA
Photo Coupler 2 (default setting)
DIP C2 (not used)
Switch S2
R+
R <9>
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
+ (Output Speed)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) <12>
IG
AM
Multi-function analog output 2
AC + (Output Current)
AM
-10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
3
H1 0V
<10>
H2
E (G)
<1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC reactor. Models CIMR-L2A0085 through 2A0180 and 4A0045 through 4A0150 come with a
built-in DC reactor.
<2> The drives protection function for the internal braking transistor needs to be disabled (L8-55 = 0) if using a regen unit such as a regen
converter or some type of braking option unit (and therefore not the internal braking transistor).
<3> If the braking resistor is equipped with a thermal relay, use this thermal relay to shut off the drive power supply in case the braking resistor
overheat occurs.
<4> Self-cooling motors do not require wiring that would be necessary with motors using a cooling fan.
<5> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).
<6> For control modes that do not use a motor speed feedback signal, PG option card wiring is not necessary.
<7> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire link
between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode and SC-SN for Source mode. Leave it out for external power supply. Never short terminals SP and
SN as doing so will damage the drive.
<8> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as
this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 51
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
<9> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<10> The sink/source setting for the Safe Disable input is the same as with the sequence input. Jumper S3 has the drive set for an external power
supply. When not using the Safe Disable input feature, remove the jumper shorting the input and connect an external power supply. Refer to
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs on page 69 for instructions.
<11> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Safe Disable input.
<12> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for use as
a feedback-type of signal.
<13> Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to interrupt
power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts to restart itself. The default setting for L5-02
is 0 (fault output not active during restart attempt).
<14> Be sure to use fault contact outputs MA, MB, and MC. Wire these terminals so that a fault will open the safety chain and interrupt drive
output.
<15> When the Programming Mode and editing parameter settings, L1000A will not accept an Up/Down command. If the drive still will not run
when an Up/Down command has been entered but no fault is present, then use the "Drive ready" signal (the default setting for terminal M5-
M6) to interlock components.
Note: 1. The drive should be implemented in the system in a way so that a drive fault causes the safety chain to open. Always use terminal
MA-MB-MC for this purpose.
2. Even though no fault occurs, the drive can not be started under certain conditions, e.g. when the Digital Operator is left in the
Programming Mode. Use the Drive Ready output (default set to terminals M5-M6) to interlock operation in such situations.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before
energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! When using the automatic fault restart function while the wiring is made to shut off the power supply when a drive fault
occurs, make sure the drive is set not to trigger a fault output during fault restart (L5-02=0, default). Otherwise the fault restart function
can not work properly.
52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.3 Main Circuit Connection Diagram
+2
Jumper
Drive
+1 B1 B2
Use terminals +1 and
for DC power supply
Drive
Electrical Installation
Figure 3.3 Connecting Main Circuit Terminals
+1 +3
Drive
R/L1 U/T1
3 Phase power supply
200 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz S/L2 V/T2 Motor
380 to 480 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz T/L3 W/T3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 53
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
B1 B2
B1 B2
B1 B2 +1
CIMR-L4A0075, 0091
YEC_TMonly
CIMR-L2A0145, 0180
CIMR-L4A0112, 0150
+1 +3
54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.5 Terminal Cover
YEC_common
Figure 3.6 Removing the Terminal Cover on a NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive
2. Push in on the hook located on the bottom of the terminal cover, and gently pull forward. This should remove the
terminal cover.
Figure 3.7
YEC_common
Electrical Installation
Figure 3.7 Removing the Terminal Cover on a NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive
2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150
1. Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
CAUTION! Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal
cover may fall off causing an injury.
Figure 3.8
YEC_common
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 55
3.5 Terminal Cover
YEC_common
Figure 3.10 Reattaching the Terminal Cover on a NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drive
2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150
Once wiring to the terminal board and other devices is complete, double check all connections and finally reattach the
terminal cover. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 63 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on
page 67 for details on wiring.
Figure 3.11
56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
YEC_common
YEC_common
Electrical Installation
Figure 3.13 Reattaching the Digital Operator
YEC_common
Figure 3.14 Remove the Front Cover (2A0018 to 2A0075 and 4A0009 to 4A0039)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 57
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
3. Use a straight-edge screwdriver to loosen the hooks on each side of the cover that hold it in place.
Figure 3.15
Hook Hook
Figure 3.15 Remove the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
4. First unhook the left side of the front cover, then swing the left side towards you as shown in the figure below
until the cover comes off.
Figure 3.16
Figure 3.16 Remove the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
Figure 3.17 Reattach the Front Cover (2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150)
2. Once the hooks have connected to the drive, press firmly on the cover to make sure it locks into place.
58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Electrical Installation
2. Terminals B1, B2, +1, +2, and +3, are for connecting a DC reactor, braking resistor or DC power supply. Do not connect other
nonspecific devices to these terminals.
Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 wire resistance (/km) wire length (m) current (A) 10-3
Refer to instruction manual TOBPC72060000 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a braking resistor, regenerative converter, or a regen unit. 3
Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 376 for information on UL compliance.
Three-Phase 200 V Class
Table 3.2 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
For China and Europe <1> For Asia <2> For U.S.A <3>
Tightening
Model Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw
Terminal Torque
CIMR-L Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nxm (lb.in.)
mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 6 5.5 3.5 to 5.5 10 12 to 10
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6 3.5 3.5 to 5.5 10 12 to 10
, +1, +2 4 to 6 5.5 3.5 to 5.5 12 to 10 1.2 to 1.5
2A0018 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 2.5 to 6 2 2 to 5.5 14 to 10
4 4 to 6 3.5 3.5 to 5.5 10 12 to 10
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 4 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 8 10 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 4 to 16 8 5.5 to 14 8 10 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
, +1, +2 6 to 16 14 5.5 to 14 10 to 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0025
B1, B2 4 to 6 3.5 2 to 5.5 14 to 10
2 to 2.5
6 6 to 10 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 8 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 59
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
For China and Europe <1> For Asia <2> For U.S.A <3>
Tightening
Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw
CIMR-L Torque
Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nxm (lb.in.)
mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 6 to 16 14 14 6 8 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 6 to 16 14 8 to 14 8 8 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
, +1, +2 16 14 14 6 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0033
B1, B2 4 to 6 5.5 3.5 to 5.5 12 to 10
2 to 2.5
10 6 to 10 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 10 to 8 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 4 6 to 4 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
, +1, +2 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 6 to 4
2A0047 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 6 to 10 14 5.5 to 14 10 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 25 30 22 to 30 3 4 to 3
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 30 3 4 to 3 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
, +1, +2 25 30 22 to 30 4 to 3
2A0060 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 10 to 16 14 8 to 14 8 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 8 8 to 22 6 6 to 4 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 35 38 30 to 38 2 3 to 2
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 35 30 22 to 38 2 3 to 2 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
, +1, +2 25 to 35 38 30 to 38 3 to 2
2A0075 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 16 14 14 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6 to 4 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1/0 3 to 1/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1/0 3 to 1/0
, +1 35 to 50 60 38 to 60 2 to 1/0 9 to 11
2A0085 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 16 to 50 22 14 to 50 6 to 1/0
16 16 to 25 14 14 to 38 6 6 to 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 70 60 50 to 60 2/0 1 to 2/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 70 60 50 to 60 2/0 1 to 2/0 18 to 23
M10
, +1 50 to 70 80 60 to 80 1/0 to 3/0 (159 to 204)
2A0115
B1, B2 25 to 70 30 22 to 60 4 to 2/0
9 to 11
25 25 22 22 to 38 4 4 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 2/0 to 4/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0 18 to 23
M10
, +1 35 to 95 50 2P 50 to 100 1 to 4/0 (159 to 204)
2A0145
+3 50 to 95 60 50 to 100 1/0 to 4/0
9 to 11
35 25 to 35 22 22 to 60 4 4 to 2 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 70 to 95 100 80 to 100 1/0 2P 1/0 to 2/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 70 to 95 50 2P 50 to 60 1/0 2P 1/0 to 2/0 18 to 23
M10
, +1 35 to 95 50 2P 50 to 100 1 to 4/0 (159 to 204)
2A0180
+3 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 1/0 to 4/0
9 to 11
50 25 to 50 22 22 to 60 4 4 to 1/0 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
<1> Gauges listed here are for use in China and Europe.
<2> Gauges listed here are for use in Asia except for China.
<3> Gauges listed here are for use in the United States.
60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Electrical Installation
(35.4 to 53.1)
, +1, +2 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 to 4
4A0039 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 6 to 10 8 5.5 to 8 10 to 8 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 10 to 16 14 14 4 6 to 4
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 10 to 16 14 14 4 6 to 4
, +1 16 to 35 22 14 to 38 6 to 1 9 to 11
4A0045 M8
B1, B2 10 to 16 14 8 to 14 8 to 4
(79.7 to 97.4) 3
16 10 to 16 8 8 to 14 6 8 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 3 4 to 3
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 3 4 to 3
, +1 25 to 35 30 22 to 38 4 to 1 9 to 11
4A0060 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 to 3
16 16 to 25 14 14 to 22 6 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 50 30 22 to 50 2 3 to 1/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 50 30 22 to 50 2 3 to 1/0
, +1 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 3 to 1/0 9 to 11
4A0075 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 16 to 50 22 14 to 50 6 to 1/0
16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1/0 2 to 1/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50 38 30 to 50 1 2 to 1/0
, +1 25 to 50 60 30 to 50 3 to 1/0 9 to 11
4A0091 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 25 to 50 30 22 to 50 4 to 1/0
16 16 to 25 22 14 to 22 4 6 to 4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 61
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
For China and Europe <1> For Asia <2> For U.S.A <3>
Tightening
Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw
CIMR-L Torque
Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nxm (lb.in.)
mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 95 60 38 to 100 3/0 1/0 to 4/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 95 60 50 to 100 2/0 1/0 to 4/0
, +1 50 to 95 100 60 to 100 1/0 to 4/0 18 to 23
4A0112 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 25 to 95 50 30 to 100 3 to 4/0
25 25 22 22 4 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95 80 60 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 70 to 95 80 80 to 100 4/0 3/0 to 4/0
18 to 23
4A0150 ,+1 35 to 95 50 2P 50 to 100 1 to 4/0 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 50 to 95 60 50 to 100 1/0 to 4/0
35 25 to 35 22 22 to 30 4 4 to 2
<1> Gauges listed here are for use in China and Europe.
<2> Gauges listed here are for use in Asia except for China.
<3> Gauges listed here are for use in the United States.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in
damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or electric leakage circuit breakers.
NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.
NOTICE: Make sure the motor contactor sequence is designed to only open or close the motor contactor when there is no voltage
output from the drive.
62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and
local installation regulations. Minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical
potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal (200 V class: Ground to 100 or less, 400 V class:
Ground to 10 or less). Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical
equipment.
NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices requiring a large amount of current for operation. Improper equipment
grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could
result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.18 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
Figure 3.18
OK OK Not Good
Electrical Installation
A Protecting Cover
Figure 3.19 Protecting Cover to Prevent Miswiring (CIMR-L2A0047)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 63
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
Drive YEC_TMonly
Control Circuit <1>
Up command / Stop S1
Nominal Speed S3
Inspection Operation S4
Intermediate Speed 1 S5
Multi-function
digtial inputs Leveling Speed S6
(default setting)
Not Used S7
Not Used S8
SN
MA Fault relay output
Sink / Source mode SC CN5-C 250 Vac, max. 1 A
Option board MB
selection wire link 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(default: Sink) <3> SP connectors CN5-B MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
+24 V
CN5-A M1 Multi-function relay output (Brake Release Command)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
<2> (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
M3 Multi-function relay output (Motor Contactor Close Command)
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
250 Vac, max. 1 A
2 k M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
A1 Analog Input 1 (Speed Bias) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Multi-function -10 to +10 Vdc (20 k)
analog inputs M5 Multi-function relay output (Drive Ready)
A2 Analog Input 2 (Not used) 250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6 30 Vdc, max 1 A
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 k)
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V P1
V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA Photo Coupler 1
<2> C1 (During Frequency Output) Digital output
Termination resistor 5 to 48 Vdc
(120 , 1/2 W) P2 2 to 50 mA
Photo Coupler 2 (default setting)
DIP C2 (not used)
Switch S2
R+
R <3>
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
+ (Output Speed)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) <6>
IG
AM
Multi-function analog output 2
AC + (Output Current)
AM
H1 -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) <6>
<4> 0V
Safe Disable inputs H2
E (G)
Wire
jumper
DM+
<5>
HC EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor)
DM
64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Failure to comply may result in death or
serious injury.
NOTICE: Do not use a magnetic contactor on the power supply side to frequently start and stop the motor. Failure to comply could
result in damage to the drive.
Input Terminals
Table 3.5 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
input.
Table 3.5 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
S1 Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop)
S2 Down Command (Closed: Down, Open: Stop)
S3 Multi-function input 1 (Nominal Speed)
Photocoupler
S4 Multi-function input 2 (Inspection Operation) 24 Vdc, 8 mA
Digital Inputs 313
S5 Multi-function input 3 (Intermediate Speed 1) Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select
sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
S6 Multi-function input 4 (Leveling Speed)
S7 Multi-function input 5 (Not used)
S8 Multi-function input 6 (Not used)
SC Multi-function input common
24 Vdc, 150 mA (only when DI-A3 is not used)
Digital Input
SN 0V Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select 69
Power Supply
sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
SP +24 Vdc
H1 Safe Disable input 1 24 Vdc, 8 mA
One or both open: Drive output disabled
Both closed: Normal operation
Safe Disable Internal impedance: 3.3 k
H2 Safe Disable input 2 380
Inputs Off time of at least 1 ms
Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.
Electrical Installation
HC Safe Disable function common Common for the Safe Disable function
+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 136
-V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA)
136
A1 Multi-function analog input 1 (Speed reference bias) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 k)
177
Analog Inputs
136
A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Not used) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 k)
178
AC Analog input common 0V 136
E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards 3
<1> Setting jumper S3 for an external power supply makes the wire link between terminals H1, H2, and HC ineffective. Remove the wire link and
connect an external power supply that can supply terminals H1, H2, and HC continuously.
Output Terminals
Table 3.6 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
output.
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Fault Relay MB N.C. output 169
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
M1
Multi-function relay output 1 (Brake release command)
M2
Contact relay output
Multi-Function M3 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A
Multi-function relay output 2 (Output contactor close command) 169
Relay Output M4 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
M5
Multi-function relay output 3 (Drive ready)
M6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 65
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
P1
Photocoupler output 1 (During Frequency output)
Multi-Function C1
Photocoupler 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA <1>
Output P2
Photocoupler output 2 (Not Used/Through Mode)
C2
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output speed)
-10 to +10 Vdc or 0 to +10 Vdc 180
Monitor Output AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)
AC Monitor common 0V
Safety Monitor DM+ Safety monitor output Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Disable
Output DM- Safety monitor output common channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA
<1> Connect a flywheel diode as shown in the Figure 3.21 when driving a reactive load such as a relay coil. Make sure the diode rating is greater
than the circuit voltage.
Figure 3.21
C
A D
YEC_common
<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. For more information on
the termination resistor, see Control I/O Configuration on page 69.
Terminal Configuration
Control circuit terminals are arranged as shown in Figure 3.22.
Figure 3.22
YEC_common
66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
d1
6 mm
YEC_common
L
d2
Electrical Installation
0.25 (24) AI 0.25-6YE 10.5 0.8 2
0.34 (22) AI 0.34-6TQ 10.5 0.8 2 PHOENIX CONTACT
0.5 (20) AI 0.5-6WH 14 1.1 2.5
NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and
other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper
wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive
or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Figure 3.24 for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.25. Refer to Wire Size and
Torque Specifications on page 67.
NOTICE: Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may result in erroneous operation, damage
the terminal block, or cause a fire.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 67
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
A
YEC_common
Preparing wire D
terminal ends
C
A Loosen screw to insert wire. C Avoid fraying wire strands when stripping
insulation from wire. Strip length 5.5 mm.
B Single wire or stranded wire D Blade depth of 0.4 mm or less
Blade width of 2.5 mm or less
Figure 3.24 Terminal Board Wiring Guide
When connecting control wires to the terminals, use shielded twisted-pair wires (treating wire ends as shown in
Figure 3.25 and connect the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Figure 3.27
F C
A D
B E
NOTICE: The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the speed reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system
performance.
68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.9 Control I/O Configuration
S7 S7
S8 S8
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
SP External SP
24 Vdc
S7 S7
S8 S8
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
External
SP SP
24 Vdc
Electrical Installation
Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe
Disable inputs H1 and H2 as shown in Table 3.10 (Default: Sink mode, internal power supply.)
Table 3.11 Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Jumper S3 Jumper S3
3
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sinking Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
Jumper S3 Jumper S3
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sourcing Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 69
3.9 Control I/O Configuration
70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.10 Connect to a PC
3.10 Connect to a PC
This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).
The drive can connect to the USB port of a PC using a USB 2.0, AB type cable (sold separately). DriveWizard Plus can
then be used to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings. Contact Yaskawa for more information on
DriveWizard Plus.
Download and install the USB driver before connecting L1000A and PC with the USB cable.
To obtain the driver and software of USB Copy Unit, CopyUnitManager and DriveWizardPlus, access these sites:
China: http://www.yaskawa.com.cn
Japan: http://www.e-mechatronics.com
Europe: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
Other areas: contact a Yaskawa representative.
Figure 3.28
USB Cable
(Type-AB)
(Type-B) (Type-A)
PC
YEC_common
Figure 3.27 Connecting to a PC (USB)
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 71
3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
Figure 3.29
YEC_TMonly
DIP Switch S2
OFF ON
(OFF:default)
72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
3.12 Wiring Checklist
2 Make sure you have the correct braking resistors, DC reactors, noise filters, and other peripheral devices. 278
9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 53
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order 62
is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 59
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 59. 59
When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop. 59
3 x voltage resistance (/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10-3
If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-03 accordingly. 62
13 Properly ground the drive. Review page 63. 63
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).
14 59
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 59.
If using a braking resistor or dynamic braking resistor unit, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor, and ensure that overload
15 283
protection shuts off the power supply.
Electrical Installation
16 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or electric leakage circuit breakers are NOT installed on the output side of the drive.
Control circuit wiring
17 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 64
23 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 73
3.12 Wiring Checklist
74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains how to use the digital operator, operator functions, modes, and
instructions on Auto-Tuning the drive and motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 75
4.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor with a different speed feedback option than a PG-F3 card together with an external
brake sequence, make sure the brake is not released before Initial Magnetic Pole Search has been finished. Use
the Initial Pole Search Status signal (H2- = 61) to interlock the brake.
Failing to comply can cause the counterweight to pull on the elevator car, resulting in personal injury.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 120 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high
speed, be sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is
50 Hz.
Incorrect settings can cause the drive to accelerate to dangerously high speed.
Never set the stopping method to anything other than "Ramp to stop". Parameter b1-03 should therefore
always be set to 0.
Any other setting leaves the motor uncontrolled when the Up/Down command is removed and can cause the elevator
car to free-fall.
Do not use the fault restart function unnecessarily.
Carelessly using the fault restart function leads to an unintended start of the elevator, resulting in death or serious
injury.
A separate holding brake should be used. The holding brake should be wired so that it is closed by an external
sequence when a fault occurs, the power is shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Precautions should be taken on the machine side to ensure that load can not fall or slip.
Failure to take proper safety precautions can result in serious injury.
CAUTION
Start-Up Programming
Preventing Injury
Check the area thoroughly around the motor and elevator before starting to operate the application.
& Operation
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
A separate emergency stop switch should be installed separately from drive circuitry (the drive's own
emergency stop function is enabled only when it has been assigned to one of the input terminals).
Failure to comply may result in personal injury.
4
Reset alarms and faults only after making sure that the Up/Down command has also been removed.
Failure to comply can result in personal injury.
Preventing Burns
Never touch the heatsink on the drive, as it can reach high temperatures. When replacing the cooling fan, wait
at least 15 minutes after power to the drive has been shut off before touching the fan to ensure that it has cooled
off enough.
Failure to comply could result in burns.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 77
4.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the motor. Ensure the motor
can freely rotate before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Failure to comply could result in improper operation of the drive.
Equipment Hazard
Do not check signals while the drive is running.
The equipment may be damaged.
The drive's cooling fan may not run during Rescue Operation due to low voltage from the battery or UPS.
Using Rescue Operation for extended periods of time may result in an oH alarm as the heatsink temperature rises.
Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. The drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must
be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly.
Failure to set the correct drive input voltage may result in improper drive operation.
Use the torque detection function in the drive to notify the PLC of a potential overcurrent or overload situation
before an overcurrent or overload fault is actually triggered. Use undertorque detection to detect any problems
that develop on the application side.
If the drive faults out due to overcurrent or overload, the drive output will be interrupted. The motor will start coasting,
potentially resulting in damage to the machinery or personal injury.
When replacing the control terminal board or removable terminal board, be sure to also check the value set to
parameter o2-04.
If o2-04 is set incorrectly, drive performance may be poor and protection functions may not operate properly,
potentially damaging the drive.
78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
14 13 12
10
LO
ESC
1 RE 8
2 RESET ENTER 7
9
RUN STOP
3 4 5 6
Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator
4 Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
Start-Up Programming
5 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
& Operation
Enters parameter values and settings.
7 ENTER Key
ENTER Selects a menu item to move between displays.
Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE). The LED
8 LO LO/RE Selection Key <2>
is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad).
RE
4
9 RUN Light Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page 82 for details.
RUN
10 LO LO/RE Light Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 82 for details.
RE
<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if an Up/down command is
active at any external Up/down command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-02 to 0.
<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. By default settings the LO/RE key function is
disabled. To allow using the LO/RE key for switching between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 79
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Lit Flashing
0 9 I R
1 A J S
2 B K T
3 C L U
4 D M V
<1>
5 E N W
<1>
6 F O X none
7 G P Y
8 H Q Z none
The drive is in the Drive Mode The drive is in the Programming Mode
During Down command The drive will not accept an Up/down command
80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:
YEC_co DRV
Normal Operation The data display area displays the speed reference. DRV is lit.
REV DRV FOUT
mmon
ALM
ALM
YEC_
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
DRV
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 229
com-
REV DRV FOUT
Fault
for more information and possible solution. ALM and DRV are lit.
mon
External fault (example)
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 81
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Examples
<1> Refer to Figure 4.2 for the difference between flashing and flashing quickly.
Figure 4.2
1s
ON ON
Flashing
common_TM
only
Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly
82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
REV
DRV
DRV FOUT
Description of Key Operations
<1>
Output Speed
Output Current
XX
Monitor Display
X XX XX
XX XX XX
Verify Menu
PROGRAMMING MODE
XX XX XX
Drive cannot operate the motor.
XX XX XX
DRV light is on.
Set Up Mode
YEC_common
XX
Parameter Setting Mode
XX XX XX
X XX XX
Auto-Tuning
X XX XX XX
Start-Up Programming
<1> Reverse can only be selected when the drive is set for LOCAL. Details on switching between Up and Down can be found in
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes on page 84.
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 83
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
This display shows the direction that has been selected when the drive is controlled by a REMOTE source.
When the drive is set for LOCAL, the user can switch between FWD and REV as shown below.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DRV
Up/Down
REV DRV FOUT
- Up
- Down
Drive Mode
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
YEC_
com -
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Monitor Display Lists the monitor parameters (U- parameters) available in the drive.
mon
84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
REV DRV FOUT YEC_ Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter
Verify Menu com-
mon
Changes: Verify Menu on page 86.
YEC_
Programming REV DRV FOUT
com- A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operating quickly. Refer to Using the Setup Group on
Setup Group
Mode mon page 87.
Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings. Refer to Parameter Table on page 302.
Mode
YEC_
com-
REV DRV FOUT
Auto-Tuning Mode Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 96.
Programming mon
Mode
DRV
Drive Mode Speed Reference Returns to the speed reference display screen.
REV DRV FOUT
Start-Up Programming
Figure 4.5
Speed reference
display at power up
& Operation
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
YEC_TMonly
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Figure 4.5 Setting the Speed Reference while in the Drive Mode
Note: The drive will not accept a change to the speed reference until the ENTER key is pressed after the speed reference is entered.
This feature prevents accidental setting of the speed reference. To have the drive accept changes to the speed reference as soon as
changes are made without requiring the ENTER key, set o2-05 to 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 85
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
3.
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree.
4.
Press or key to select the C parameter group.
5.
Press two times.
6.
Press or key to select the parameter C1-02.
7.
Press to view the current setting value (1.50 s). Left digit flashes.
8.
Press until the desired number is selected. 1 flashes.
9.
Press the key and enter 0020.0.
10.
Press and the drive will confirm the change.
DRV
12.
REV DRV FOUT
The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu,
and is changed again from 1.50 s to 2.50 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:
86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. DRV
REV DRV FOUT
2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu.
Press to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default settings.
3.
If parameters other than C1-02 have been changed, use the or key to scroll until C1-02 appears.
4. Press the key to access the setting value. Left digit flashes.
Figure 4.6
Parameter Display
Start-Up Programming
ALM
Control Circuit <2>
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
& Operation
Operator
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
<2>
REV DRV FOUT
<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 87
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Note: Parameter availability depends on the control mode set in A1-02 that is used to run the drive and motor. Consequently, some of
the parameters listed above may not be accessible in certain control modes.
Step Display/Result
YEC_c DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. ommon
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
YEC_
Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL. com- LO
2.
ESC
RE
mon
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the key again.
88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 89
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
Fine-tuning
Adjust settings for the brake sequence.
Adjust speed control loop (C5-) etc.
FINISH
Figure 4.7 Installation, Wiring, Basic Setup for Motor and Elevator
90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
Power On
Before turning on the power supply
Make sure all wires are connected properly. Also make sure motor phases are connected in the right sequence.
Make sure that no screws, loose wire ends, or tools are left in the drive.
If an encoder option card is used make sure the encoder is wired correctly and the power supply on the option card is
set according to the encoder specification.
After turning the power on, the drive mode display should appear and no fault or alarm should be displayed. In case of
any error refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 224.
Start-Up Programming
Note: Always perform motor rotation direction setup prior to setting the encoder rotation direction.
Encoder Setup
& Operation
Encoder Resolution Setup
Set the encoder resolution (incremental signal in case of absolute encoders with Sin/Cos tracks) in parameter F1-01.
Encoder Rotation Direction Setup
4
Perform the following steps to make sure the encoder rotation direction is set up correctly in the drive.
If information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available
1. Check the sequence of encoder phases A and B when the motor drives the elevator in up direction.
2. If the encoder A phase leads phase B, make sure F1-05 is set to 0.
3. If the encoder B phase leads phase A, make sure F1-05 is set to 1.
If no information about the signal sequence of the encoder are available
1. Turn the motor manually in elevator up direction while checking the value of monitor U1-05.
2. If the value in U1-05 is positive, the set encoder direction is correct.
3. If the value in U1-05 is negative, alter the setting of parameter F1-05.
Note: Always set the motor rotation direction prior to the encoder rotation direction. Refer to Motor Rotation Direction Setup on
page 91.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 91
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
Display Unit
o1-03 Setting Speed Setting/Monitors Accel/Decel Ramp Jerk Settings
(d1-, U1-02, U1-02,...) (C1-) (C2-)
0 0.01 Hz
1 (default) 0.01% 0.01 s 0.01 s
Set as the time in required to accelerate from zero Set as the time used to change the accel/decel ramp
2 1 rpm
to the rated speed, and to decelerate from rated from zero to the accel/decel ramp setting of C1-
3 User defined speed to zero. and vice versa.
4 0.01 m/s
5 0.01 m/s 0.01 m/s2 (Set as accel/decel ramp) 0.01 m/s3 (set as jerk value)
6 0.1 ft/min 0.01 ft/s2 (Set as accel/decel ramp) 0.01 ft/s3 (set as jerk value)
When using setting 4 to 6 certain mechanical data have to be programmed to the drive prior to changing o1-03. Perform
the following steps.
1. Make sure motor data are set up correctly. Verify the setting of the maximum output frequency in parameter E1-04 and
the setting for the number of motor poles in parameter E2-04 or E5-04.
2. Set the traction sheave diameter in units of mm to parameter o1-20.
3. Set the correct roping to parameter o1-21.
4. If a mechanical gear is used, set the gear ratio (nMotor/nTraction Sheave) to parameter o1-22. If a gearbox is not used, make
sure o1-22 is set to 1.0.
5. Change parameter o1-03 to setting 4 or 5. The unit and setting values of related parameters will be changed
automatically.
92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
No
Yes
A1-02=2 or 3
(Ropes removed)
Is the Control Mode Can the motor
V/f Control ? rotate freely?
Yes
A1-02=0 No
Refer to Enter the data in to T1- parameters as indicated on the Enter the data in to T1- parameters as
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection display. indicated on the display.
on page 247 Press the Up key until is displayed.<1> Press the Up key until is
Remove the Fault/Alarm source and displayed. <1>
repeat Auto Tuning.
Release the Brake.
Tuning
Successful?
Start-Up Programming
No
(Alarm or Fault code
displayed Yes
( displayed)
<2>
& Operation
Apply the brake if it was released during Auto-tuning.
Open the motor contactor(s).
Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence.
Open the Baseblock input (H1-=8/9) if used.
4
FINISH
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 93
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
No
Complete motor
data sheet
available?
Yes
No
(Alarm or Fault code
Tuning displayed
Successful?
Yes
( displayed
<2>
FINISH
94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
START
Yes
Yes
(Stationary Encoder Offset Absolute No
Auto-Tuning possible)
encoder used? (PG-X3, Incremental
Yes encoder used)
(EnDat, ...)
Start-Up Programming
Press the Up key until is
displayed. <1> Press the Up key until is
displayed. <1>
Press the Run key on the digital operator
and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.
& Operation
Release the brake.
Refer to
No
Tuning Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Successful? on page 247 Press the Run key on the digital operator
Remove the Fault/Alarm source and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished
Yes
and repeat Auto Tuning.
4
Apply the brake.
No Refer to
Tuning Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Successful? on page 247
Remove the Fault/Alarm source
Yes and repeat Auto Tuning.
FINISH
<1> If an LCD operator is used, the display shows Tuning Ready.
Figure 4.10 Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 95
4.5 Auto-Tuning
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-
Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select
the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions on how to execute Auto-Tuning are listed in Start-Up
Flowcharts on page 89.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set to A1-02. If the control
mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM
motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available.
Table 4.6 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 90 and 93 for details on Auto-Tuning process and selections.
Table 4.6 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01)
Input 2
Input Value Parameter Unit 0 1 4
Stationary for Line-to-
Rotational Stationary 1 Line Resistance Stationary 2
96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Table 4.8 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 94 for details on the tuning mode selection and the tuning process.
Table 4.8 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T2-01)
Input 2 11
Input Value Unit 0 1
Parameter Stationary Stator Rotational Back
Motor Data input Stationary Resistance EMF Constant
Control Method A1-02 - 7 7 7 7
Motor Rated Power T2-04 kW Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Voltage T2-05 Vac Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Current T2-06 A Yes Yes Yes No
Number of Motor Poles T2-08 - Yes Yes No No
Motor Rated Speed T2-09 r/min Yes Yes No No
Stator 1 Phase Resistance T2-10 Yes No No No
d-axis Inductance T2-11 mH Yes No No No
q-axis Inductance T2-12 mH Yes No No No
Voltage Constant <1> T2-13 mVs/rad (el.) Yes No No No
Voltage Constant <1> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) Yes No No No
Encoder Resolution (Pulses per Revolution) T2-16 - Yes Yes No No
Encoder Offset T2-17 deg (mech.) Yes Yes No No
<1> Only parameter T2-13 or T2-14 has to be input. Select one and leave the other empty.
Start-Up Programming
Table 4.9 Types of Auto-Tuning for Encoder Offset
Type Setting Requirements and Benefits
& Operation
Should be performed after motor Auto-tuning in order to decide the encoder tuning method.
Attempts to detect the motor rotor position, judges if the encoder offset can be tuned using Stationary Encoder Offset Tuning and
sets parameters needed for Initial Magnet Pole Search (n8-36, n8-37).
Initial Magnet Pole Search Parame- When using the rescue operation mode, perform this tuning to let the drive automatically set the parameters needed for Initial
T2-01 = 3
ters Auto-Tuning Magnet Pole Search with power supply from a battery or UPS (n8-81, n8-82).
Must be performed when using an incremental encoder.
Important: When using a PG-X3 card with an incremental encoder and this tuning fails, the motor can not be driven using and incre- 4
mental encoder. Change the encoder to an absolute encoder.
Stationary Encoder Offset Auto- Tunes the encoder offset without rotating the motor.
T2-01 = 4
Tuning If the encoder offset can not be tuned properly by this method run Rotating Encoder Offset Tuning.
Rotational Encoder Offset Auto- Tunes the encoder offset while rotating the motor.
T2-01 = 10
Tuning Motor and mechanical system must be uncoupled (ropes must be removed from traction sheave).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 97
4.5 Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing Stationary Auto-Tuning for motor data or encoder offset, the motor does not
rotate, however, power is applied. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in dead or
serious injury from electrical shock.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not release the mechanical brake during Stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent brake
release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not controlled by
the drive multi-function digital outputs exclusively.
Always try to perform Rotational Auto-Tuning as it gives more accurate results than Non-Rotating Auto-Tuning.
Rotation Auto-Tuning should be performed whenever the motor can be uncoupled from the elevator mechanical
system (remove ropes from traction sheave). When motor and mechanical system can not be uncoupled, use a
Stationary Auto-Tuning method.
Make sure that the mechanical brake is kept applied for all Stationary Auto-Tuning methods. Make sure to release the
brake for all Rotational Auto-Tuning methods.
Motor contactors must be closed during the Auto-Tuning process.
H1 and H2 signals must be ON when performing Auto-Tuning.
A digital input programmed for Baseblock (H1-=8/9) must be set so that the drive is not in a baseblock condition.
Confirm that the motor is mechanically fixed. Do not touch the motor until the Auto-Tuning process is complete.
Voltage is applied to the motor during the tuning process, even though the motor may not be rotating.
Auto-Tuning can be cancelled any time by pressing the STOP key on the digital operator.
Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is
available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be greater than the motor rated voltage.
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the
input supply voltage. This is particularly important when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high torque
precision is required.
Make sure the area around the motor is clear of personnel and any equipment before starting the tuning.
The motor should be fully stopped. Personal injury may result if the motor is already in motion when Auto-Tuning is
executed.
For all Rotating Auto-Tuning modes remove the lock key from the motor shaft when tuning a motor with no gear or
traction sheave mounted.
Table 4.10 describes digital input and output terminal operation while Auto-Tuning is executed.
Table 4.10 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Rotational Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled. Functions the same as during normal operation
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
IM Motor Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Motor Data Input Digital input functions are disabled. Digital output functions are disabled.
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Stator Resistance Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
PM Motor Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameters Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Stationary Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Maintains Stationary the status at the start of Auto-
Rotational Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled.
Tuning
Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning Digital input functions are disabled. Functions the same as during normal operation
98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
A B
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
ALM
ALM
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
2.
Press the or key until the Auto-Tuning display appears.
4.
Press to display the value for T1-01.
5.
Save the setting by pressing .
Start-Up Programming
After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning.
& Operation
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02.
2.
Press to view the default setting.
4
3.
Press to select the digit to edit.
4.
Press and enter the motor power nameplate data in kW.
5.
Press to save the setting.
Note: For details on each setting, Refer to Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 on page 100.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 99
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death
or serious injury. Ensure the areas surrounding the drive, motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with
the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.
WARNING! When performing Rotational Auto-Tuning for motor data or encoder offset, always uncouple the motor from the
mechanical system (remove ropes from traction sheave). Performing Rotational Auto-Tuning with the mechanical system connected to
the motor can cause hazardous situations, injury to personnel and damage to the equipment.
NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the load. Failure to comply could result in
improper operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 7 in Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate.
Step Display/Result
1.
After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Press to activate Auto-Tuning. flashes. The drive begins by injecting current into the motor for
2. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
Start-Up Programming
Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
& Operation
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 101
4.5 Auto-Tuning
<1> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) in the drive models 2A0018 to 0033 and 4A0009 to 0018 (refer to Table A.1 and Table A.2),
and one decimal place (0.1 A) in the drive models 2A0047 to 0145 and 4A0024 to 0091
102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.5 Auto-Tuning
Start-Up Programming
No. Name Setting Range Default
& Operation
T2-12 Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH
0: mV/min-1
1: mVs/rad
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor
Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-24 to 0.0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 103
4.5 Auto-Tuning
104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Start-Up Programming
Travel Stop
The drive stops under the following conditions:
& Operation
The Up or Down command is cleared.
d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and the Up/Down or Leveling Speed signal (H1- = 53) is cleared.
d1-18 is set to 3 and all speed inputs are cleared.
A fault occurs. The stopping method depends on the fault occurred and certain parameter settings. 4
The Safe Disable inputs are opened or a Base Block signal is input. In this case the brake is applied immediately and
the drive output shuts off.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 105
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Different speed reference settings can be selected by combining the three digital inputs as shown in the table below.
Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.
0 = Off, 1 = On
Setting d1-18 = 0
Eight separate speed settings (defined in parameters d1-01 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals.
Setting d1-18 = 3
Seven separate speeds settings (defined in parameters d1-02 to d1-08) can be selected by three digital input signals. The
drive stops when no speed is selected (i.e., all speed selection inputs are switched off).
Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2)
With this setting, six different speeds (defined in the parameters d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26) can be set and selected using
four digital inputs.
Speed Selection
When d1-18 = 1 or 2, Multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.
Depending on the assignment of speed selection functions to the digital input (H1- settings) the different speed
settings can be selected like shown in the table below.
Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.
Leveling and Nominal Speed assigned (H1- Leveling speed not assigned (H1- Nominal Speed not assigned (H1-
Selected Speed =50 and H1-=53) 53) 50)
50 51 52 53 50 51 52 51 52 53
Nominal Speed (d1-19) 1 0 0 A 1 0 0 0 0 0
Intermediate Speed 1 (d1-20) 0 1 0 A 0 1 0 1 0 0
Intermediate Speed 2 (d1-21) 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Intermediate Speed 3 (d1-22) 0 1 1 A 0 1 1 1 1 0
Releveling Speed (d1-23) 0 0 1 A 0 0 1 0 1 0
Leveling Speed (d1-26) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 B B B
Zero Speed 0 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
0 = Off, 1 = On, A = 0 when d1-18 = 2 and no influence when d1-18=1, B = no influence, N/A = Not available
106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Higher Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- = 53) (Default)
The higher speed has priority over the leveling speed, meaning, the leveling signal is disregarded as long as any other
speed selection input is active. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference
signal is removed.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed
Selected speed (other than leveling)
Input is set No effect
Higher Speed Priority is Selected and the Leveling Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1- 53)
The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed.
If no speed reference is selected at start the drive will trigger an FrL fault. To disable Speed Reference Missing (FrL)
detection, set parameter S6-15 to 0. With this setting the drive starts using leveling speed if no other speed reference is
selected.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Leveling Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- = 53)
The leveling signal has priority over other speed references. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the
leveling speed selection input is activated. The drive stops when either the leveling input or the Up/Down command is
released.
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position lock Position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
Start-Up Programming
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed Leveling speed has priority
& Operation
Leveling Speed Priority is Selected and the Nominal Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1- 50)
The drive runs at nominal speed (d1-19) when no speed selection input is set. When the leveling speed signal is set, the
drive decelerates to the leveling speed. The leveling speed signal has priority over all other speed signals.
4
CAUTION! This sequence can be risky if the speed selection doesnt work for some reason (broken wire, etc.)
DC Injection/ DC Injection/
position lock position lock
Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Up/Down Command
Leveling speed
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 107
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
C2-03
(Jerk at
C2-02 Decel Start)
(Jerk at
Accel End) C2-04
(Jerk at
C2-01 Decel End) C2-05 (Jerk Below Leveling Speed)
C1-01
(Jerk at (Accel Ramp 1)
Accel Start) d1-26 (Leveling Speed)
C1-02
(Decel Ramp 1)
Figure 4.12 Accel/Decel Ramp and the Jerk Function
Units used to set the acceleration and deceleration ramp as well as the Jerk function change with the setting of parameter
o1-03. Refer to Digital Operator Display Unit Selection on page 92.
Inspection Operation
Start in Inspection Operation
Inspection operation is performed when an Up or Down signal is input while one of the conditions below is true.
Parameter d1-18 is set to 0 or 3 and the selected speed is higher than d1-28 but lower than d1-29.
Parameter d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and a digital input programmed for Inspection Operation Speed (H1- = 54) is
enabled.
Inspection Operation uses the same acceleration characteristics and brake sequence at start as normal operation.
The carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz during Inspection Operation but can be changed using parameter C6-21.
108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Inspection Operation without Decel Ramp (C1-15=0) Inspection Operation with Decel Ramp (C1-15>0)
Speed Speed
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9) and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
H1- = 54 (Inspection Operation) H1- = 54 (Inspection Operation)
<1> <1>
Up/Down command Up/Down command
H2- = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.) H2- = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)
H2- = 50 (Brake Control) H2- = 50 (Brake Control)
<1> The drive stops if either of the signals Up/Down command or Inspection Operation is removed.
Figure 4.13 Inspection Operation Sequence
Brake Sequence
The drive supports two types of brake sequences, one with torque compensation at start using an analog input terminal
(H3- = 14) and one without torque compensation at start.
Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation
Start-Up Programming
To have the brake sequence operate without torque compensation, do not set any of the analog input terminals for
Torque compensation (H3- = 14).
& Operation
Figure 4.12
S1-04 S1-05
S1-10 (DC Injection/ Selected Speed (DC Injection
(Up/Down Command PositionLock Braking/Position
Time at Start) Lock Time at stop) S1-11
Delay Time)
DC Injection Braking/
d1-26
(Leveling Speed) DC Injection/
(Output Contactor
Open Delay Time)
4
Position Lock at Start Position Lock at Stop
Speed
S1-06 S1-07
(Brake (Brake
Release Close
Delay
Time) Delay
Up/Down Command Time)
Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on)
and Baseblock off (H1-=8/9)
Output Contactor Control
(H2-= 51)
Motor Contactor Response
(H1-= 56)
Brake Control (H2-= 50)
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9
Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 109
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Table 4.11 Time Zones for Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation at Start
Time Zone Description
Up or Down command is issued.
Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC must be set and Baseblock must be disabled (digital inputs set to H1-=8/9).
Speed reference must be selected by multi-function input terminals.
t1 Output contactor control signal is set (H2-=51) by the drive.
Drive waits for the Motor Contactor Feedback signal (H1- = 56) to be issued. If the motor contactor feedback is not received within t1, or if the feedback signal
is on before the contactor control command has been issued, an SE1 fault is triggered.
If the motor contactor feedback signal is not used, then the drive waits for the operation start delay time set in S1-10 to pass, then proceeds the next step.
Once the delay time set in S1-10 has passed, the drive outputs current to the motor.
t2 DC Injection Braking or Position Lock begins.
Once the brake release delay time set in S1-06 has passed, the drive sets the Brake Control output (H2-=50) in order to release the brake.
DC Injection Braking or Position Lock will continue until:
t3 the time S1-04 has elapsed, or
the time S1-06 has elapsed if S1-06 > S1-04 (this setting should be avoided since the motor could be driven against the applied brake).
t4 The drive accelerates up to the selected speed. The speed is kept constant until the leveling speed is selected.
t5 Leveling speed is selected. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed and maintains that speed until the Up or Down command is removed.
t6 The Up or Down signal is cleared. The drive decelerates to zero speed.
The motor speed reaches the zero speed level (S1-01).
t7 DC Injection Braking or Position Lock is then executed for the time set in S1-05.
After the delay time to apply the brake set in S1-07 has passed, the drive clears the Brake Control output (H2- = 50). The brake applies.
t8 The drive continues DC Injection or Position Lock until the time S1-05 has passed. When S1-05 has passed the drive output is shut off.
Once the delay for the magnetic contactor set in S1-11 has passed, the drive resets the output terminal set for Output Contactor Control (H2- = 51).
t9
The Safe Disable Inputs can be cleared and Baseblock can be enabled.
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9
Enabled
110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Before the torque compensation function can be used, the analog input scaling must be adjusted to the load cell output.
This can be done by bringing the elevator into two different load conditions and teaching corresponding analog input
value and torque reference value to the drive.
Note: 1. This torque compensation requires a closed loop control mode (CLV, CLV/PM).
2. The torque compensation value is limited to 120%.
Set an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3- = 14) and proceed with the steps below.
Procedure for Load Condition 1 (S3-27, S3-29)
1. Make sure the drive is wired properly. For instructions, see Standard Connection Diagram on page 50.
2. Set the speed reference to 0%.
3. Apply no weight to the elevator car.
4. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the input the load is connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for
terminal A2)
5. Give the elevator an Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car
should be hold in place when the brake releases.
6. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.
7. Stop the drive.
Start-Up Programming
8. Set the value noted in step 4 to parameter S3-29. Set the value noted in step 6 to parameter S3-27.
Procedure for Load Condition 2 (S3-28, S3-30)
& Operation
1. Set the speed reference to 0%.
2. Apply load to the car has much as possible (at least 50% of the maximum weight).
3. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the input the load is connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for
terminal A2)
4. Give the elevator an Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car 4
should be hold in place when the brake releases.
5. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.
6. Stop the drive.
7. Set the value noted in step 3 to parameter S3-30. Set the value noted in step 5 to parameter S3-28.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 111
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
After setting load conditions 1 and 2 perform trial runs. If required, parameter S3-12 can be set up to add a bias to the
load cell input when riding in Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and down
direction). Below, Figure 4.16 illustrates how torque compensation is affected by the settings of S3-12 and S3-27
through S3-30.
Figure 4.14
S3-27
(Torque Compensation Value
with Load Condition 1) During load condition 1
Figure 4.16 Torque Compensation at start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction
112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
nr_Mot
Motor Acceleration Time n5-02 n5-02 = JMot JMot - Motor inertia in kgm2
30 Tr_Mot nr_Mot - Rated motor speed in min-1
Tr_Mot - Rated motor torque in Nm
30 vr_Elev 2 JTS - Traction sheave inertia in kgm2
J = JTS i2 + m i - Gear ratio (nLoad/nMot)
nr_Mot
Inertia Compensation Gain n5-03 vr_Elev - Rated elevator speed in m/s
m - Mass of all moved parts (car, counterweight, ropes, load <1>) in kg
n5-03 = J / JMot
<1> Insert 0 kg for the load to calculate the lowest setting, insert the elevator rated load to calculate the maximum setting for n5-03. Use the lower
setting for initial trials.
4. Change the setting of n5-03 within the limits calculated in step 3 until the desired performance is achieved.
If possible trace the output speed after soft starter (U1-16) and the motor speed (U1-05) values. Increase n5-03 if the
motor speed does not follow the speed after soft start. Decrease n5-03 if the motor overshoots the designated speed at
the end of acceleration or undershoots the speed at the end of deceleration.
Adjusting Position Lock at Start (CLV/PM)
Set the S3- and C5- parameters as described below in order to reduce rollback effects at start.
With the unloaded elevator car, adjust the speed loop gain (C5-19) and integral time for Position Lock (C5-20).
Increase the gain and reduce the integral time in order to reduce the rollback of the car. Set them in the opposite way if
vibration occurs.
Adjust the Position Lock at start gain 2 (S3-02). Increase S3-02 if rollback occurs, decrease it if vibration occurs.
If the elevator is balanced and oscillation at start occurs, try gradually increasing the setting in S3-40 in steps of one
pulse.
Rescue Operation
In the event of a power outage, Rescue Operation allows the elevator to travel to the nearest floor by switching to a
Start-Up Programming
backup battery or UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supply) for power.
An input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55) can be used to initiate Rescue Operation. During Rescue
& Operation
Operation, the drive uses the speed reference set in d1-25 to travel to the nearest floor.
NOTICE: When changing parameters while the drive is supplied from the rescue operation power supply, wait at least 5 s after
entering parameters before switching off the power supply. Instantly switching off the power can cause parameter settings corruption
that can only be resolved by initializing the drive.
4
Drive Power Supply for Rescue Operation
There are various ways of supplying power to the drive for rescue operation. Independent of what way is chosen, the
voltage in the DC bus of the drive and the voltage supplied to the drive control circuit must meet the specifications given
in Table 4.13.
The DC bus voltage can either be supplied by a battery connected to the DC bus terminals of the drive or by a UPS
connected to drive terminals L1 and L2. The control circuit voltage can be supplied directly from the drives DC bus (no
external wiring required), from an external battery (connection to CN19) or by using an optional 24 Vdc control power
backup unit.
When using a single phase AC power supply for rescue operation such as a single-phase UPS, the ripple in the DC bus
voltage will be higher than with 3 phase or battery supply. Make sure that even with this higher ripple the DC bus voltage
never falls below the minimum value listed in Table 4.13.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 113
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
When using a PM motor with an incremental encoder and a PG-X3 option card, always perform Initial Magnet Pole
Search Parameters Auto-Tuning (T2-01=3) with the normal power supply connected. The tuning function will prepare
the drive for rescue operation by automatically setting certain parameters. If the tuning ends with to
then rescue operation will require a battery or UPS that supplies the drive DC bus with at least 280 Vdc for 200V class
drives and 560Vdc for 400 V class drives. Alternatively switch to an absolute encoder and a PG-E3 or PG-F3 option
card.
Table 4.13 Power Supply Ratings for Rescue Operation
Motor Type Speed Feedback DC Bus Voltage Control Circuit Voltage
200 V class drives: 48 to 340 Vdc
Induction Motor Incremental Encoder with PG-X3 option card
400 V class drives: 96 to 680 Vdc
Incremental Encoder with PG-X3 option card When supplied from a battery or the drive DC bus:
200 V class drives: 280 to 340 Vdc
to error occurs during 200 V class drives: 250 to 340 Vdc
400 V class drives: 560 to 680 Vdc
Initial Magnet Pole Search Auto-Tuning 400 V class drives: 280 to 680 V (recommended: 500 to 680 Vdc)
Permanent Magnet Motor Incremental Encoder with PG-X3 option card
200 V class drives: 72 to 340 Vdc When supplied via a 24 Vdc control power backup unit:
No error occurs during Initial Magnet Pole
400 V class drives: 144 to 680 Vdc 200 V and 400 V class drives: 24 Vdc
Search Auto-Tuning
Absolute Encoder with PG-F3 or PG-E3 200 V class drives: 48 to 340 Vdc
option card 400 V class drives: 96 to 680 Vdc
Parameter Setup
Adjust drive parameters as described below when using rescue operation.
Select the type of rescue operation power supply for the drives main circuit in parameter S4-06.
When using a UPS, set the UPS power value to parameter S4-07. Use parameter S4-08 to decide if the rescue operation
speed shall be limited automatically depending on the UPS power.
If deterioration of the battery or UPS shall be detected, also set up parameters S4-12 and S4-13. Measure the DC bus
voltage during operation using the rescue power supply and set the measured value to parameter S4-12. Set the
deterioration detection level to parameter S4-13.
Set parameters S4-01 to S4-04 if light load direction search shall be automatically performed when rescue operation is
started.
Wiring Examples
Switching the power supply to a battery or UPS requires some magnetic contactors that must be controlled by an external
controller. Wiring methods and the sequence used for the magnetic contactors depend on the application. This instruction
manual describes the following settings:
A single-phase, 230 V UPS is used as backup power supply for a 200 V or 400 V class drive.
Two separate batteries for the main power and control power supplies. Main power battery voltage is below 250 Vdc
for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives.
Two separate batteries. One is used for the main power supply, a second battery supplies the controller via an optional
24 V Backup Power Supply Unit.
A single battery with minimum 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives is used for the main
and control power supply.
Select the setup that matches your application, and follow the corresponding instructions for wiring and drive settings.
For applications not covered in the list above, contact your Yaskawa representative or our sales office directly for
consultation.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Never remove or install option cards
or attempt to replace the cooling fan while the drive is switched on. Make sure that the drive and all devices connected to the drive
have been shut off prior to performing and type of maintenance or wiring. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of
time specified on the drive before touching any components or perform wiring. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off.
NOTICE: Be sure to thoroughly read the instructions for wiring and magnetic contactor sequence described in this section before
setting up the drive for Rescue Operation. Failure to follow these instructions can damage the drive.
NOTICE: Refrain from using Rescue Operation for extend periods of time. Rescue Operation uses a low DC bus voltage, which can
cause the cooling fan to shut off temporarily during Rescue Operation. Continuing to operate under these conditions can trigger an
overheat fault and damage the drive.
114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Elevat or
cont rol
syst em Magnetic L1000
contactor A B2
N UPS
sine wave
230 Vac
single-phase +1
+2 U/T1
R/L1
L1 V/T2
S/L2
L2 W/T3
T/L3
L3
Magnetic -
contactor B
Power supply Control
CN19 circuit
1
H1- = 55 S3 to S8
(Rescue Operation) SC
Magnetic Contactor A
H1- = 55
(Rescue Operation)
Operation Sequence
Start-Up Programming
Starting Rescue Operation
First open contactor B.
& Operation
Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactor A.
Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
4
After the car has stopped open contactor A.
Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
Possible Problems
There may be problems with a control power supply fault (Uv2) if the UPS cant provide enough voltage, or if the Light
Load Direction Search is not set properly. If this problem occurs, take the following corrective actions:
Use a separate battery for the controller power supply
Use a battery with a voltage higher than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives and connect
it to the control power supply input (CN19). Alternatively use a 24 Vdc battery and an optional 24 V Backup Power
Supply Unit.
Enable Light Load Direction Search (S4-01 = 1).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 115
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Using Separate Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply, DC Bus Battery under 250
Vdc (500 Vdc)
Follow the instructions below when using separate batteries for Rescue Operation with the battery for the DC bus having
a lower voltage than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 500 Vdc for 400V class drives.
Wiring
Follow the wiring diagram shown in Figure 4.18. When connecting the battery for the control power supply to the
L1000A, use the 1.1 m cable packaged with the product. The connector cover must first be removed in order to access
connection port CN19 for the battery. For instructions on removing the cover, see Connecting the Drive and Battery on
page 119.
Figure 4.16
L1000
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
+1
+2 U/T1
DC bus power supply
Battery for DC bus R/L1
L1 V/T2
48 to 340 Vdc
S/L2
96 to 680 Vdc L2 W/T3
T/L3
L3
Magnetic contactor B -
Control
Magnetic contactor C Power supply
CN19 circuit
Battery for 1
control circuit
250 to 340 Vdc
(500 to 680 Vdc 4
H1- = 55 S3S8
(Rescue Operation) SC
5s 0.5 s
Magnetic Contactor A
Magnetic Contactor C
H1- = 55
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.18 Wiring Two Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply (DC Bus Battery is less than 250 V)
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescue Operation
Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.
Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactors A and C.
Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
After the car has stopped open contactors A and C.
Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit
Follow the instructions below when using a 24 V Power Supply Unit option for the control circuit and a battery for the
main circuit. The main circuit battery voltage must be higher than 48 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 96 Vdc for 400 V
class drives.
Wiring
Yaskawa offers a 24 V Power Supply Unit for the control circuit that useful in applications unable to connect to a backup
battery greater than 250 V. Wiring instructions can be found in Figure 4.19. For a more detailed explanation of the 24 V
Power Supply Unit, see the manual that accompanied the product.
Figure 4.17
L1000
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
+1
S3S8
H1- = 55
(Rescue Operation) SC
5s 0.5 s
Magnetic Contactor A
Magnetic Contactor C
H1- = 55
Start-Up Programming
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.19 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit
Operation Sequence
& Operation
Starting Rescued Operation
Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.
Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactors A and C. 4
Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
After the car has stopped open contactors A and C.
Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 117
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
L1000A
B2
B1
Magnetic contactor A
Magnetic contactor B -
Power supply Control
CN19 circuit
1
H1- = 55 S3S8
(Rescue Operation) SC
Magnetic Contactor A
H1- = 55
(Rescue Operation)
Figure 4.20 Using a Backup Battery With Minimum 250 Vdc (500 Vdc)
Operation Sequence
Starting Rescue Operation
First open contactor B.
Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactor A.
Set the Up/Down command.
Ending Rescue Operation
After the car has stopped open contactor A.
Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1- = 55).
Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.
118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
DANGER! Make sure to switch off the power supply when before wiring and connecting the battery cable. Failure to comply may lead
to dead or serious injury.
NOTICE: A straight-edge screwdriver should be inserted into the opening provided on the connector cover at the proper angle.
Attempting to insert the screwdriver blade at a different angle could damage internal equipment.
Figure 4.19
NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable,
or connector.
Figure 4.20
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 119
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
3. Use a pair of shears to cut an opening in the connector cover that allows the cable to pass through. The cable
should pass through the connector cover with the cover fastened to the drive.
Figure 4.21
Connect
to battery
120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Screw
Connector
cover
Straight-edge
screwdriver
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 121
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable,
or connector.
Figure 4.27
Port CN19
Battery cable
Downward Leftward
122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
7. Use a Phillips screwdriver (M4) to fasten the screw that holds the connector cover in place.
NOTICE: Never use any other screw than the one provided to fasten the connector cover into place. Another type of screw has a
chance of coming into contact with drive components, and could damage the drive.
Figure 4.30
Connect
to battery
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 123
4.6 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Up command (internal) Up Up
Up command (internal) Up
124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
Scroll to A1-04. Press the STOP button and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
Check all main circuit wiring.
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Up/down Command
Motor Does Not Rotate
Start-Up Programming
Check if the correct Up/Down command source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the source, the LO/RE button LED must be on. If
the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
The button is enabled (o2-01=1)
& Operation
and was pushed. Push the button.
o2-01 is set to 0 by default, i.e. the LO/RE button is disabled.
When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Up/down command will not be accepted unless
Auto-Tuning has just completed. the drive is in the Drive Mode.
Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 84.
An Emergency Stop was executed and has
not yet been reset.
Reset the Emergency Stop command. 4
Check parameter b1-02 (Up/down Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Up/down command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source that pro- 0: Digital operator
vides the Up/down command. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit
Correct wiring mistakes.
terminals.
Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the speed reference.
The speed reference source setting is incor- 0: Digital operator
rect. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
The settings for the analog speed reference
Check the settings (signal level, function, bias, gain) for the analog input that supplies the speed reference.
are incorrect.
Selection for the sink/source mode and the
Check the position of the jumper and setting for S3. Refer to Control I/O Configuration on page 69
internal/external power supply is incorrect.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 125
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
The STOP button is enabled (o2-02=1) When the STOP button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
and was pressed when the drive was started Switch off the Up/down command and then re-enter a new Up/down command.
from a REMOTE source. o2-02 is set to 0 by default, i.e. the Stop button is disabled.
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Putting Out Voltage
Cause Possible Solutions
Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power. Refer to Input-Side Noise Filter on page 287.
Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive. Refer to Output-Side Noise Filter on page 287.
PWM switching in the drive generates exces-
Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
sive noise.
Ground the drive and motor properly.
Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.
126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
Start-Up Programming
speed
For PM motors readjust the motor data in E5- or perform Auto-Tuning.
If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01=1) make sure the values in
Inertia compensation function is not set up correctly.
n5-02 and n5-03 are correct.
The acceleration rate changes too quickly when reaching the Decrease the jerk at the end of acceleration. Decrease C2-02 if set in m/s2,
& Operation
All
selected speed. increase C2-02 if set in s.
Increase the minimum and middle voltage levels for the V/f pattern voltage
V/f and OLV Not enough torque at low speed (E1-10 and E1-08 respectively). Make sure that the starting and leveling cur-
rent does not rise too high.
OLV and Motor data incorrect Adjust the motor data (E2-), especially the motor slip (E2-02) and no-
CLV Too much slip compensation load current values (E2-03), or perform Auto-Tuning. 4
Motor stops shortly (under- Increase the speed control gain and reduce the speed control integral time
shoot) when the leveling used for low speed at stop. The parameters to be changed depend on the set-
speed is reached Speed control loop responds too slow
CLV ting of C5-05 and if a third set of speed loop settings is used or not. Refer to
CLV/PM Speed Loop Adjustments (CLV and PM/CLV) on page 112.
If the inertia compensation function is used (n5-01=1) make sure the values in
The inertia compensation function is not set up correctly
n5-02 and n5-03 are correct.
The deceleration rate changes too quickly when reaching the Decrease the Jerk at the end of deceleration. Decrease C2-04 if set in m/s2,
All
leveling speed increase C2-04 if set in s.
Motor speed overshoot at
acceleration end and under-
Use the inertia compensation function. Set n5-01 to 1 and then adjust parame-
shoot when reaching leveling CLV
Inertia is high. ters n5-02 and n5-03 as described in Inertia Compensation (CLV and PM/
speed occurs. Problem can CLV/PM
CLV) on page 113.
not be resolved by adjusting
the speed loop.
OLV Torque compensation is responding too quickly Increase the torque compensation delay time (C4-02).
Motor or machine vibrates at
high speed or top speed CLV
Speed control loop adjusted too hard Decrease C5-01, then increase C5-02.
CLV/PM
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 127
4.7 Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions
128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
Parameter Setting
No. Description Default
Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only. A1-01 and A1-04 can be set and monitored, U- parameters can also be viewed.
Access Level
A1-01 1: User Parameters. Only those recently changed among application parameters A2-01 to A2-16 and A2-17 to A2 -32 0 to 2 2
Selection
Start-Up Programming
can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.
Parameters selected by the user are saved as User Parameters. This includes recently viewed parameters or parameters
specifically selected for quick access.
A2-01
& Operation
User Parameters If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17 and A2-32. Parameters A2-01 A1-00 to
to
1 to 32 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user. o4-13
A2-32
If A2-33 is set to 0, then recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the group of User Parameters. A2- parame-
ters are now available for manual programming.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters.
User Parameter
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for
A2-33 Automatic Selec- 0, 1 1
tion
quick access. The most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-17. The second most recently changed parameter is
saved to A2-18.
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 129
4.8 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive
supports the following copy options:
LED Operator (standard in all models)
The LED operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to o3: Copy Function on page 206 for details.
LCD Operator
The optional LCD operator also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer to the manual
supplied with the LCD operator for instructions.
USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those
settings to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a
PC, or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications.
Refer to the manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.
DriveWizard Plus
DriveWizard is a PC software tool for parameter management, monitoring, and diagnosis. DriveWizard can load, store,
and copy drive parameter settings. For details, refer to Help in the DriveWizard software.
Note: To obtain the driver and software of USB Copy Unit, CopyUnitManager and DriveWizardPlus, access these sites:
China: http://www.yaskawa.com cn
Europe: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
Japan: http://www.e-mechatronics.com
Other areas: contact a Yaskawa representative.
130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 131
5.1 A: Initialization
5.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.
A1: Initialization
A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 2: German
Setting 3: French
Setting 4: Italian
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
Setting 7: Chinese
A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
Used to control an induction motor without encoder feedback. Provides basic performance with minimum tuning effort.
132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Setting 0: No initialization
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Drive parameters are reset to values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03
is set to 1: Set defaults.
Note: A user-initialization resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To
clear the user-defined default values, set parameter o2-03 to 2.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and
Reverse run, respectively.
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings
saved in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the
terminal block memory, set A1-02 to 5550.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization
No. Parameter Name
Parameter Details
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
E5-02 Motor Rated Capacity (for PM)
E5-03 Motor Rated Current (for PM)
E5-04 Motor Poles (for PM)
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (for PM) 5
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (for PM)
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (for PM)
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (for PM)
F6-08 Communications Parameter Initialization
L8-35 Installation Selection
o2-04 Drive Model Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 133
5.1 A: Initialization
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. DRV
REV DRV FOUT
2.
Scroll to the Parameter Setup display and press .
3.
Scroll to the right by pressing .
Press the key while holding down at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
6.
Note: Because A1-05 is hidden, it will not be displayed by simply pressing the key. 05 flashes
8.
Use , and to enter the password.
9.
Press to save what was entered.
Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-02 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to display A1-02.
02 flashes
2.
Press to display the value set to A1-02.
3.
Press and , making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.
Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 4 above)
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to enter the parameter setup display.
2.
Press to select the flashing digits as shown.
01 flashes
134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Step Display/Result
3.
Press to scroll to A1-04.
5.
Press to save the new password.
7.
Press and scroll to A1-02.
8.
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first 0 blinks, parameter settings are unlocked.
9.
Use and to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is not typically done).
OLV
10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes.
Note: Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-wire initialization resets the password to
0000. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.
Parameter Details
A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
A2-33 determines whether or not parameters that have been edited are saved to the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for
quick, easy access.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 135
5.2 b: Application
5.2 b: Application
b1: Operation Mode Selection
b1-01: Speed Reference Selection
Use parameter b1-01 to select the speed reference source for the REMOTE mode.
Note: If a Up/Down command is input to the drive but the speed reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN
indicator LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 0: Operator
Allows the user to enter the Up or Down command from the digital operator. Use this setting when performing a test run
only.
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
Up and Down commands are issued from the control circuit terminals. This is the standard setting used in most elevator
applications.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Up and Down commands are issued via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 3: Option Card
Up and Down commands are issued over a network to the drive via a serial communications option card..
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option card is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the
digital operator and the drive will not run.
Parameter Details
This parameter defines how the digital inputs are read.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 137
5.2 b: Application
Setting 0: Disabled
A Up/Down command is not accepted while the digital operator is in the Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Up/Down command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be
displayed during Run.
b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. Switching motor phases will reverse the direction
of the motor. This parameter can be used to switch the direction of the Up and Down commands.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-14 Phase Order Selection 0 or 1 0
When an Up/Down command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to
b2-08 to E2-03 within the time set to S1-04.
Figure 5.1
Output Speed
b2-08 common_TMonly
E2-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference Time
S1-04
Figure 5.1 Magnetic Flux Compensation
Note that the level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor
rated current, whichever value is smaller.
Note: 1. If b2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2. If b2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to S1-02.
3. As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, b2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable.
138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
OFF ON OFF
Up/Down Command
Parameter Details
common_TMonly
b6-01 b6-03
Output Speed
b6-02 b6-04
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 139
5.2 b: Application
Speed
Speed reference
Torque
0 100%
Figure 5.4 Droop Control Gain
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 141
5.3 C: Tuning
5.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics, as well as Jerk. Other parameters in this
group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
Figure 5.5 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel ramps. The example below requires that the stopping
method be set for Ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0).
Figure 5.5
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
Up/Down
command
ON OFF ON
Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 1
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1- = 7)
ON
Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 2
(Terminals S3 to S8, H1- = 1A)
142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Output Speed
common_TMonly
C1-11
Accel/Decel
Switching Speed
Parameter Details
C1-09 Emergency Stop Ramp 0.0 to 600.0 s <1> 1.50 s <1>
<1> The setting range and default value depend on the display units set in parameter o1-03. If o1-03 is set between 0 and 4, the time required to go
from 0% speed to 100% maximum speed is expressed in seconds. If o1-03 is set to 5 or 6, then setting units will appear in m/s2 or ft/s2. If the
drive is in V/f control mode, the emergency stop ramp can be set in seconds only.
<1> The setting range and default value depend on the display units set in parameter o1-03. If o1-03 is set between 0 and 4, the time required to go
from 0% speed to 100% maximum speed is expressed in seconds. If o1-03 is set to 5 or 6, then setting units will appear in m/s2 or ft/s2. If the
drive is in V/f control mode, the inspection deceleration ramp can be set in seconds only.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 143
5.3 C: Tuning
C2-01
Time
144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (speed reference E1-06). In the constant
power range (speed reference E1-06), it is increased based on C3-03 and the output speed as shown in the following
diagram.
Figure 5.8
E1-04
E1-06 C3-03
C3-03
common_TMonly
Output speed
E1-06 E1-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
Figure 5.8 Slip Compensation Limit
Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. The actual motor speed might be higher than the speed reference.
Parameter Details
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 2 Hz. The
drive uses the motor rated slip set in E2-02 to automatically calculate the frequency range where compensation will be 5
disabled.
C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function can help improve the speed
precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds. When this function is enabled, the reduction in flux causes a slightly
higher current at high speed. Keep this in mind when selecting the drive.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 145
5.3 C: Tuning
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.
C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with a
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function when the load
pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward Up/Down command. Setting of 0.0% disables this feature.
146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Torque limits
C5-01, C5-03, C5-13, C5-19
+ + Torque reference
Primary
Speed reference P filter
- I +
common_TMonly
I limit
C5-06
L7-01 to L7-04
Detected speed C5-02, C5-04, C5-08
C5-14, C5-20
Figure 5.9 Speed Control Block Diagram
Parameter Details
The drive provides three different gain and integral time settings for the speed loop. They are automatically switched
over if the switching speed in parameter C5-07 is set larger than 0% (default: 0% for CLV, 2% for CLV/PM). If no
switching speed is defined (C5-07 = 0) the drive will use one set of speed loop parameters only (C5-01/02).
However, in order to achieve adequate performance in all sections of a trip, for the most installations it will be necessary
to use two or all three sets of speed loop settings. 5
Additional Speed loop settings are provided for Position Lock. Those can be used to prevent rollback especially in
gearless applications.
Also refer to C5-01, C5-03, C5-13 / C5-02, C5-04, C5-14: Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1, 2, 3 / Speed
Control Loop Integral Time 1, 2, 3 on page 148.
Perform the following steps for adjusting Speed Control Loop parameters:
1. Check parameter C5-07 and set a speed loop setting switching point. For CLV/PM the drive is preset to 2%. For
CLV set C5-07 between 8~10%.
2. Start a trip and check for any problems like rollback, vibration, overshoot, etc.
3. Adjust C5-19/20 in order to solve rollback problems during Position Lock right before the motor starts
accelerating. Increase C5-19, then shorten C5-20 if the motor rolls back right after the brake releases. Set them
in the opposite way if vibration occurs. If the rollback can not be eliminated by setting C5-19/10, refer to
parameters S3-01/02 (Position Lock Gains at Start).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 147
5.3 C: Tuning
4. Adjust C5-03/04 in order to improve the performance at start after Position Lock has been finished. Increase C5-
03, then shorten C5-04 if the speed response is slow. Set them in the opposite way if vibration occurs.
5. Adjust C5-01/02 in order to solve problems that occur at speeds higher than C5-07. Increase C5-01, then
shorten C5-02 if overshoot when reaching the top speed occurs. Set them in the opposite way if vibration
occurs.
6. Adjust C5-13/14 in order to improve the stopping behavior. Increase C5-13, then shorten C5-14 if the landing
accuracy is poor. Adjust them in the opposite way if vibrations occur. If problems can not be resolved by setting
C5-13/14, refer to parameter S3-03 Position Lock Gain at Stop). Note that C5-13/14 settings will not be effective
if the speed reference is set from an analog input.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 until the desired riding comfort has been reached. Also refer to Riding Comfort Related
Problems on page 127.
C5-01, C5-03, C5-13 / C5-02, C5-04, C5-14: Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1, 2, 3 /
Speed Control Loop Integral Time 1, 2, 3
These parameters can be used to adjust the responsiveness of the Speed Control Loop.
148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Figure 5.10
P = C5-01
common_
PI
I = C5-02 TMonly
P = C5-03
I = C5-04
Speed
0 C5-07
common_
PI
P = C5-01
TMonly
I = C5-02
P = C5-13
I = C5-14
Speed
0 C5-07
C5-19, C5-20: Speed Control Loop P Gain Time, I Time during Position Lock
Parameter Details
These two parameter are used to adjust the responsiveness of Speed Control Loop during Position Lock. Increase C5-19
and shorten C5-20 if the motor rolls back right after the brake releases. Set them in the opposite way if vibrations occur.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 149
5.3 C: Tuning
0: 2-phase/3-phase conversion
1: 2-phase modulation
2: 3-phase modulation
Note: With the setting 2, the drives rated output current is reduced. Consult Yaskawa or your sales agency for details.
Setting 0: 5 kHz
Setting 1: Same value set to C6-03
C6-21: Inspection Operation Carrier Frequency
Sets the carrier frequency during Inspection Run.
Setting 0: 2 kHz
Setting 1: Use the value set to C6-03
150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Parameter Details
These parameters set speed references 1 through 8. Each of these speed reference values can be selected using digital
inputs programmed for multi-speed selection (H1- = 3, 4, 5).
For details on multi-step speed selection, refer to Multi-Speed Inputs 1, 2 (d1-18 = 0 or 3) on page 106.
d1-19: Nominal Speed
Sets the nominal speed when a multi-function input terminal is programmed for Nominal speed (H1- = 50).
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 151
5.4 d: Reference Settings
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
<1> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03. For more information, refer to Defaults and Setting
Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 339.
152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
d6-06: Field Forcing Limit
Sets the maximum level to what the Field Forcing function can boost the excitation current reference. The value is set as
a percentage of the motor no load current.
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 153
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
(Approximate Values)
Voltage Setting Value of
E1-01 Braking Transistor Uv Detection Level
ov Detection Level
Operation Level (L2-05)
200 V Class All settings 410 V 394 V 190 V
setting 400 V 820 V 788 V 380 V
400 V Class
setting < 400 V 820 V 788 V 350 V
Note: The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. If an external CDBR braking chopper is
used, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.
Note: Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization (A1-03).
154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
common_TMonly
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.12 V/f Pattern
Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 E1-07 < E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the parameters are initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned
to their default values.
4. Parameters E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters
rarely need to be changed.
Note: 1. The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to
0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A
units.
Parameter Details
2. If the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03, than a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E2-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 155
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-
L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150
display values in 0.1 A units.
156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Parameter Details
B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value () listed on the test report at 75C.
F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value () listed on the test report at 115C.
Setting the Motor Leakage Inductance
The motor leakage inductance set to E2-06 determines the amount of voltage drop relative to the motor rated voltage.
This value should be entered particularly for motors with a low degree of inductance, such as high-speed motors. As this 5
information is not listed on the motor nameplate, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the correct value for the
motor leakage inductance.
Setting the Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1, 2
E2-07 and E2-08 are set when Auto-Tuning is performed.
Setting the Motor Mechanical Loss
The drive only requires this information when using Closed Loop Vector Control. The drive compensates for the degree
of mechanical loss with torque compensation. Although E2-09 rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may benefit when
there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
Setting the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
This value only needs to be set when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to
improve the precision of torque compensation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 157
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-
L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150
display values in 0.1 A units.
158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Note: 1. Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or if
neither parameter is set to 0.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Note: 1. Ensure that E5-09 = 0 when setting parameter E5-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or if
neither parameter is set to 0.
2. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 159
5.6 F: Option Settings
F1-03, F1-08, F1-09: Overspeed (oS) Operation Selection, Detection Level, Delay Time
An overspeed error (oS) is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set
in F1-09. The stopping method when an overspeed fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-03.
F1-04, F1-10, F1-11: Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the speed reference and the speed feedback
exceeds the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-11. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault
occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.
160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Example: To have a ratio of 1/32 between the speed feedback option card pulse input and output, set F1-06 = 032.
Note: A common cause for a dv3 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct encoder offset has been entered to E5-11.
Parameter Details
A dv4 fault is triggered when there is a motor speed deviation opposite to the speed reference and larger than the number
of pulses set in F1-19. Setting F1-19 to 0 disables dv4 detection.
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 161
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: After speed reference, SFS output and motor speed have matched once.
Setting 1: After speed reference, SFS output have matched once.
Setting 2: Always during Run.
F1-51: PGoH Detection Level
Sets the level for detecting PG Hardware Fault (PGoH).
Usually the relation between the sin and cos track is sin2 + cos2 = 1 . If the value of the square root falls below the
the level set in F1-51, a speed feedback hardware fault is detected. Available when F1-20 = 1.
0: Disabled
The R track is not used. The rotor magnet position is calculated from the C and D track signal only.
1: Enabled
The R track signals are used to determine the rotor magnet position.
162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: 8 bit
Setting 1: 12 bit
Setting 2: 16 bit
Parameter Details
F4-05 or F4-06, terminal V1 or V2 will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being viewed (including current
gain and bias settings).
Example 1: F4-02 = 0%, F4-02 = 80%. When the parameter setting display for F4-02 is accessed using the digital
operator, terminal V1 will output a voltage of 8 V, even when the drive is stopped.
Example 2: F4-03 = 5%. When the parameter setting display for F4-03 is accessed using the digital operator, terminal V1 5
will output a voltage of 0.5 V, even when the drive is stopped.
F4-07, F4-08: Terminal V1, V2 Signal Level Selection
Sets the output signal level for terminals V1 and V2.
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 to 10 V
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 163
5.6 F: Option Settings
164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6-) are reset when the drive is initialized using parameter
A1-03.
Setting 0: Do not reset parameters F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized, but does determine whether initializing the drive with A1-03 resets the other
communication parameters, F6-.
Parameter Details
CANopen Parameters
Parameters F6-35 and F6-36 set up the drive to operate on a CANopen network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the CANopen Option Card (SI-S3) Installation Manual and Technical Manual.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 165
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
No. Parameter Name Default
Range
H1-03 Terminal S3 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-04 Terminal S4 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-05 Terminal S5 Function Selection 3 to 79 Determined by d1-18 <1>
H1-06 Terminal S6 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-07 Terminal S7 Function Selection 3 to 79
H1-08 Terminal S8 Function Selection 3 to 79 F: Through Mode
<1> With the speed reference priority d1-18 is set to 0 or 3, the default settings for parameters H1-03 to H1-07 governing input terminals S3 to S7
are: 24, 13, 3, 4, and 5 respectively. When d1-18 is set to 1 or 2, the default settings for H1-03 to H1-7 become 50, 54, 51, 53, and F
respectively.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 8 (N.C.) Baseblock (Interrupt output) Normal operation
Setting 9 (N.O.) Normal operation Baseblock (Interrupt output)
NOTICE: Because a Baseblock command shuts off output from the drive, a proper sequence must be set up so that the brake applies
properly prior to interrupting drive output. Failing to do so can cause the motor to suddenly coast when the Baseblock command is
entered, causing rollback, or the car to fall.
166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Up/Down/Stop
ON ON
Emergency-Stop
H1- = 17
ON ON
Decelerates at C1-09
common_
Output Speed TIME TMonly
Figure 5.13 Emergency Stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Emergency Stop time to C1-09.
Parameter Details
to C1-08: Accel, Decel Ramps 1 to 4 on page 142 for details.
Setting 20 to 2F: External fault
By using the External fault command, the drive can be stopped when problems occur with external devices.
To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to any value between 20 to 2F. The digital
5
operator will display EF where is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1- from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
External fault detection method
Operation after external fault detection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 167
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-:
168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Parameter Details
12 Timer Output 172 56 Cooling Fan Status 176
13 Speed Agree 2 173 57 Input Phase Loss 176
14 User-set Speed Agree 2 173 58 Safe Disable Status 176
15 Speed Detection 3 173 61 Motor Pole Search Status 176
16 Speed Detection 4 174 100 to 161 Functions 0 to 61 with Inverse Output 177
18 Torque Detection 2 172
5
Setting 0: During Run
Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped.
Closed An Up/Down command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
Status Description
Open Output speed is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or S1-01
Closed Output speed is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or S1-01
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 169
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Note: When using CLV or CLV/PM control modes, the zero speed level is defined by S1-01. In all other control modes, the zero speed
level is the minimum output speed set to E1-09.
Figure 5.14
Output speed
or
motor speed E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency) or
S1-01 (Zero Speed Level)
common_
OFF
Zero Speed
ON
TMonly
Figure 5.14 Zero-Speed Time Chart
Setting 2: Speed agree 1 (fref/fout Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current speed
reference regardless of the direction.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed does not match the speed reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is within the range of speed reference L4-02.
Speed
reference
L4-02
Output speed
or motor speed
L4-02
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are not both within the range of L4-01 L4-02.
Closed Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are both within the range of L4-01 L4-02.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.16
L4-01
Speed
reference +/- L4-02
User Set
OFF ON OFF ON
Speed Agree 1
170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.17
Output speed
or motor speed L4-02
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
common_
Speed
detection 1 ON OFF TMonly
Figure 5.17 Speed Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 186 for more details.
Setting 5: Speed Detection 2
Output closes whenever the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-01. The
terminal remains closed until the output speed or motor speed falls below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Closed Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-01.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.18
L4-01
L4-02
common_
Speed
OFF ON TMonly
Parameter Details
Detection 2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 171
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05
Closed DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Status Description
Open Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Closed Baseblock is being executed.
Status Description
Open Speed reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01).
Closed Speed reference is being sourced from the digital operator.
Status Description
Open Up/Down command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02).
Closed Up/Down command is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting E: Fault
The digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Not used (Through mode)
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10: Minor fault
Output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Fault reset command active
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 12: Timer output
This setting configures a digital output terminal as output for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 139
for details.
172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed does not match the speed reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is within the range of speed reference L4-04.
Speed
reference common_
L4-04
Output speed
TMonly
or motor speed
L4-04
OFF ON
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.19 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 187 for more details.
Setting 14: User-set speed agree 2 (fref /fset agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) and the speed reference are within the speed
agree width (L4-04) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-03). As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value,
detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed and speed reference are both outside the range of L4-03 L4-04
Closed Output speed or motor speed and the speed reference are both with in the range of L4-03 L4-04
Figure 5.20
Output speed
or motor speed
Speed L4-03
reference Output speed
+/- L4-04
Parameter Details
Speed
reference
common_
User Set OFF ON TMonly
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.20 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 187 for more details. 5
Setting 15: Speed detection 3
Output opens when the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus the
detection with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output speed or motor speed falls below the level set in
L4-03. As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Closed Output speed or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04 yet.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 173
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.21
Output speed
or motor speed L4-04 common_
L4-03 TMonly
Speed
ON OFF
detection 3
Figure 5.21 Speed Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 187 for more details.
Setting 16: Speed detection 4
Output closes whenever the output speed or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-03. The
terminal remains closed until the output speed or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04. As the
detection level L4-03 is a signed value, speed detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output speed or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03 yet.
Closed Output speed or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
Figure 5.22
Speed
OFF ON
detection 4
Status Description
Open Elevator is being driven in up direction or stopped.
Closed Elevator is being driven in down direction.
Figure 5.23
Output Speed
Up command
Down command
174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Baseblock is being executed.
Closed Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Parameter Details
stop.
Setting 37: During frequency output
Output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
5
Closed Drive is outputting frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 175
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.24
OFF ON
Up/Down command
Baseblock OFF ON
command
Output
frequency
OFF ON
During run
176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Up/Down command
common_TMonly
Motor pole search status
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and
bias settings will be simply read as 0%.
Setting 1: 10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then
the motor will rotate in reverse.
H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Parameter Details
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 179
for instructions on how to adjust the signal level.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 177
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting Examples
Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as speed reference input (H3-02 = 0):
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% speed reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% speed reference.
Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the speed reference will be equal to
E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Figure 5.25
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
common_TMonly
Gain = 200 % Gain = 200 %
Speed 100%
reference E1-04
-10 V -5 V
100 % 0V 5V 10 V
E1-04
-100%
E1-04
Figure 5.25 Speed Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as speed reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% speed reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the speed reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
Figure 5.26
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
common_TMonly
100 %
100%
Speed H3-01 = 0
reference -10 V -6.0 V
2.0 V 10 V
-25% Analog Input
Voltage
0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input -100%
-25% Voltage E1-04
H3-01 = 1 -150%
Figure 5.26 Speed Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 177
Setting 1: 10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 10 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 1: 10 to 10 Vdc on page 177.
H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 179 for a list of functions and descriptions.
178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Parameter Details
2 Auxiliary speed reference 1 (used as a second speed reference) 179
3 Auxiliary speed reference 2 (used as a third speed reference) 180
14 Torque compensation (load cell input) 180
1F Not used (through mode) 180
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 179
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM
and AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameter H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level equal to 100% of the monitor (gain).
Parameter H4-03 and H4-06 set the bias added to the monitor output for terminals FM and AM. Both are set as a
percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc analog output. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to 10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc using parameter H4-07 and H4-08.
Figure 5.27 illustrates how gain and bias settings work.
180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.27
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
common_TMonly
15V
Gain = 150%
Output Voltage
Bias = 0%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
Gain 150% 5V
Bias 0% Gain = 50%
Output Voltage Bias = 0%
-100%
Gain 100%
5V Bias 0% 100%
Monitor Value
-5 V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
Figure 5.27 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Example 3: To have an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%, set H4-03 to 30%.
Figure 5.28
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
15 V
Gain = 100%
Output Voltage
Bias = 30%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
5V
Bias 30%
Output Voltage Gain 100% -100%
100%
Bias 0% Monitor Value
3V Gain 100% -5 V
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
YEC_common
Figure 5.28 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3
Parameter Details
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 181
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive. An
external thermal relay is not needed.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired.
Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.
100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
60 specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will
allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger
an overload fault.
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
Torque (%)
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at Continuous operation with 100% load from 5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
55
50
Continuous A
B
C
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)
90
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
0 1 100120 167 200
Speed (%)
Parameter Details
Setting 5: Constant torque PM motors (constant torque range of 1:500)
Sets protection characteristics needed when driving a PM with constant torque. These motors allow for a speed control
from 0.2% to 100% when operating with 100% load. Slower speeds with 100% load will trigger overload.
125
Torque (%)
115
Continuous
100
83
77 Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.2% to
67
low speeds (about 0.2% of base speed). 100% of base speed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 183
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
Figure 5.29 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor operating
at 50 Hz with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.
Figure 5.29
3
Cold start
0.4
Hot start
0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Note: When setting L2-05 below the default value, an AC reactor option should be installed to the input side of the power supply to
prevent damage to drive circuitry.
184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration ramp is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration.
If the output current rises above the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02, then the drive stops accelerating. Acceleration
will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in L3-02.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range.
Figure 5.30
Output current
L3-02
-15%
Time
Output speed
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 185
5.8 L: Protection Functions
<1> The upper limit and default value are determined by the carrier frequency reduction (L8-38).
Stalling may occur when the motor is rated at a smaller capacity than the drive and the Stall Prevention default settings
are used. Set L3-02 as appropriate if stalling occurs.
When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.
L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.
<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by L8-38.
For details on setting 2, 3, 4, and 5, refer to H2-01 to H2-05: Terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-PC, and P1-P2
Function Selection on page 169.
186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions Speed agree 2, User-set speed agree 2,
Speed detection 3, and Speed detection 4.
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
For details on setting 13, 14, 15, and 16, refer to H2-01 to H2-05: Terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-PC, and P1-
P2 Function Selection on page 169.
L4-05: Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog speed reference from input A1and A2. Speed reference loss is detected when the
speed reference drops below 10% of the reference before or below 5% of the maximum output speed within 400 ms.
Figure 5.31
Analog 100%
speed
reference 10%
400 ms common_TMonly
Figure 5.31 Loss of Reference Function
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a speed reference loss is detected.
Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the speed reference (which is no longer present) and simply stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced speed reference
The drive will continue operation at the speed reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external speed reference
value is restored, the operation is continued with the speed reference.
L4-06: Speed Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the speed reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set as a
percentage of the speed reference before the loss was detected.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-06 Speed Reference at Reference Loss 0.0 to 100.0% 80.0%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 187
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Fault
common_
TMonly DC Injection/ DC Injection/
Position Lock Position Lock
Output Speed
Up or Down command
Fault (H2- = E)
Auto Restart <1>
L5-04
188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.33 and Figure 5.34 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Figure 5.33
Parameter Details
10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON 5
Figure 5.33 Overtorque Detection Operation
Figure 5.34
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 189
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3, oL4 at run (alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Up/Down command is active. The operation continues after detection and an
oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 4: oL3, oL4 at run (fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Up/Down command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is
triggered.
Setting 5: UL3, UL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: UL3, UL4 at run (alarm)
Undertorque detection works as long as the Up/Down command is active. The operation continues after detection and an
oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 7: UL3, UL4 at speed agree (fault)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the speed reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: UL3, UL4 at run (fault)
Undertorque detection works as long as a Up/Down command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is
triggered.
L6-02, L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1, 2
These parameters set the detection levels for the torque detection functions 1 and 2. In V/f control mode these levels are
set as a percentage of the drive rated output current, while in vector control modes these levels are set as a percentage of
the motor rated torque.
190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
quadrant 2 quadrant 1
REV motor rotation FWD motor rotation
quadrant 3 quadrant 4
Parameter Details
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive will output an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the alarm level set in parameter L8-02.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2- = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature
rises above L8-02.
5
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level 50 to 150 C Determined by o2-04
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 191
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Setting 2: Enabled during operation
Setting 3: Enabled during constant speed
A phase loss on the power supply side is detected by measuring the voltage ripple in the DC bus and the drive input
voltage.
Input phase loss (PF) detection is typically triggered by single phase losses, voltage drop or phase imbalance.
Input phase loss detection is disabled when Rescue Operation is activated by one of the input terminals.
L8-06: Input Phase Loss Detection Level
Determines the level for input phase loss detection when a ripple is observed in the DC bus. Phase loss is detected when
the value set to L8-06 is greater than the difference between the peak value and the lowest value of the voltage ripple.
100% detection level = voltage (200 V or 400 V) 2
192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when one phase is lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
Setting 2: Fault when two phases are lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
Parameter Details
The fan is switched on when a Up/Down command is active. It is switched off with the delay set in parameter L8-11 after
the Up/Down command has been released. Using this setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run always
The fan runs whenever power is supplied to the drive.
Setting 2: Temperature controlled
5
Cooling fan operated depending on the temperature of the drives heatsink.
L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 193
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current imbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
The carrier frequency is not automatically reduced.
Setting 3: Enabled
The torque capability is improved by reducing the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain value.
L8-39: Reduced Carrier Frequency
Determines value the carrier frequency is reduced to by the torque boost function.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor Protection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Braking transistor protection should be disabled whenever the internal braking transistor is not used. This includes,
when using a regen converter such as DC5.
5
when using a regen unit such as RC5.
when using external braking units like CDBR units.
when the drive is used in common DC bus applications and the internal braking chopper is not used.
Enabling this L8-55 under such conditions can incorrectly trigger a braking transistor fault (rF).
Setting 1: Enabled
The following models come with a built-in braking transistor:
CIMR-L2A0018 to 0115
CIMR-L4A0009 to 0060
Enable L8-55 when connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit to the drive built-in braking transistor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 195
5.8 L: Protection Functions
50% 230
50
8
70% 90 500
30
16 160
100% 58 760
Usage
20
5 common_
(%ED) 130%
(%) 43 106 270 1200 TMonly
10
150%
380
21 67 150 600
5
80 170 420
3
29 1800
2
Figure 5.36 Overload Tolerance for Braking Transistor (CIMR-L2A0018 to 2A0115, CIMR-L4A0009 to 4A0060)
Setting 0: Mode 0
Setting 1: Mode 1 (Yaskawa Varispeed L7 compatible)
196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Normally there is no need to adjust n2-01 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
n2-02, n2-03: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during regenerative operation.
Note: Parameter n2-02 cannot be set higher than n2-03 or an oPE08 error will result.
These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions:
If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
Increase n2-03 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
Parameter Details
a high speed control proportional gain setting (C5-01, C5-03, C5-13) would lead to problems with overshoot,
undershoot, or oscillation. Figure 5.37 gives an example of overshoot reduction by Inertia Compensation. Parameters
related to this function and the function principle are illustrated in Figure 5.38. Inertia Compensation can only be used in
Closed Loop Vector Control for induction or PM motors (A1-02 = 3 or 7).
5
Figure 5.37
900 900
750 750
0 0
0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1
Time (s) Time (s)
common_TMonly
Conventional Speed Control Inertia Compensation Control
Figure 5.37 Overshoot Suppression by Inertia Compensation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 197
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Figure 5.38
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n5-02: Motor Acceleration Time
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated torque.
Calculation
The motor acceleration time can be calculated by,
Where:
JMotor nrated JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.
n5-02 =
30 Trated nrated is the rated speed of the motor in r/min
Trated is the rated torque of the motor in Nm.
198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
<1> Insert 0 kg for the load to calculate the lowest setting, insert the elevator rated load to calculate the maximum setting for
n5-03. Use the lower of calculated values for initial trials and increase n5-03 gradually until the desired performance is
achieved.
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Line-to-line resistance tuning
This setting enables line-to-line resistance online tuning. This procedure is effective for speed values up to 6 Hz and
improves the overload capacity in the low speed range by adjusting the value set for the motor resistance.
Setting 2: Voltage correction
The drive adjusts the output voltage during run to improve overload tolerance and minimize the effects of high
temperatures on speed accuracy.
Note: This setting can only be selected if the Energy Saving function is disabled (b8-01 = 0).
Parameter Details
n6-05: Online Tuning Gain
Sets the compensation gain for the voltage correction in the Online Tuning function (n6-01 = 2). Normally there is no
need to adjust n6-05, but increase the set value in steps of 0.1 if an overload fault occurs during voltage correction.
No.
n6-05
Name
Online Tuning Gain
Setting Range
0.1 to 50.0
Default
1.0
5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 199
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
0: Disabled
After the rotor pole position is searched once, the drive starts using the detected rotor position. If the detected position
was wrong, an error will occur when the drive attempts running the motor. The initial pole search takes approximately
1.5 s.
1: Enabled
The rotor pole position is searched multiple times. Only if there is no difference between the search results, the drive
starts using the detected rotor position. Otherwise a dv8 error will be output. The initial pole search takes approximately
1.5 to 5.0 s.
Other Settings
Parameters n8-29 to n8-33 can be used to adjust the current control loop. These setting do normally not need to be
Parameter Details
changed.
Furthermore parameter n8-62 sets a voltage limit in order to prevent voltage saturation.
n8-29: q-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation
Sets the q axis proportional gain for the automatic current regulator.
5
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-29 q-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation 0 to 2000 rad/s 1000 rad/s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 201
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Unit Selection 0 to 6 1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 203
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: Hz
Setting 1: r/min
o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
Note: This parameter is displayed only when the drive is set to allow for user-set units (o1-03 = 3).
Setting 1: 1: 1
Setting 2: 1: 2
Setting 3: 1: 3
Setting 4: 1: 4
o1-22: Mechanical Gear Ratio
Sets the gear ratio of the mechanical gear.
204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL
is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator can still be used to stop drive operation when the drive is being
controlled from a remote source (i.e., not from digital operator).
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate drive operation, even if the Up/Down command source is not assigned to the
digital operator. If the drive is stopped by pressing the STOP key, the Up/Down command must be cycled to restart the
drive.
o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as user-set default values using parameter o2-
03. Once this has been done, the Initialize Parameters parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of 1110: User
Initialize. Choosing A1-03 = 1110: User Initialize will reset all parameters to the values saved as user-set defaults.
Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 133 for details on drive initialization.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value 0 to 2 0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 205
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Parameter Details
o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter
o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Be sure to reset this
parameter back to 0 if the cooling fan is replaced.
Note: 1. The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h. 5
300 will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 207
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: No action
The drive keeps the record already saved concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset fault data
Resets the data for the U2- and U3- monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is
erased and the display returns to 0.
o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when power is shut off or the drive is initialized. Use o4-12 to
manually reset them.
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display 0 after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1
and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.
o4-13: Number of Travels Counter Reset
The number of travels counter displayed in U4-24/25 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Use
o4-13 to reset U4-24/25.
Setting 0: No Action
Keeps the number of travels counter.
Setting 1: Resets the Number of Travels
Resets the number of travels counter. The monitor U4-24/25 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is
pressed, the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S1-03 DC Injection Current at Stop 0 to 100% 50%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 209
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Note: 1. Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock
gain.
2. Sometimes a fault may occur with detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. To
correct this, either increase the settings of S3-01 and S3-02, or increase the number of pulses needed to trigger dv4 (F1-19).
Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S3-03 Position Lock Gain at Stop 0 to 100 5
Note: 1. Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock
gain.
2. Sometimes a fault may occur with detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. To
correct this, either increase the settings of S3-03, or increase the number of pulses needed to trigger dv4 (F1-19).
5
S3-04: Position Lock Bandwidth
Determines the bandwidth around the locked position for that a digital output set for H2- = 33 (Within position lock
bandwidth) is enabled. The output will be triggered when the car moves from the Position Lock start point to plus or
minus the number of pulses set to S3-04.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 211
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Parameter Details
changed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 213
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled for motor 1 only
S4-02: Light Load Direction Search Method
Determines the method used to perform Light Load Direction Search.
0: Output current
1: Detect direction of regeneration
S4-03: Light Load Direction Search Time
Sets the time to perform Light Load Direction Search.
214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Battery
1: UPS (single-phase)
2: UPS (3-phase)
S4-07: UPS Power
Sets the capacity of the UPS.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete
Parameter Details
2: Enabled until stop
S4-12: DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation
Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 215
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Speed
0 t
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
During acceleration, the speed rises above 40% 40% speed of nominal speed
of the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1> Leveling Speed
0 Time
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
During acceleration, the speed is below 40% of 40% speed of nominal speed
the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1>
Leveling Speed
0 Time
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
Operating speed
Nominal Speed
During constant speed, the speed is below 40% 40% speed of nominal speed
of the nominal speed set in d1-19 or S5-02, and
the leveling speed is selected.
S <1> Leveling Speed
0 Time
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
S5-02: Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation
When d1-18 (Speed Priority Selection) is set to 0 or 3, S5-02 determines the nominal speed used during Short Floor.
Parameter Details
2: No SE1 detection
S6-02: Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time
Sets a delay time for starting current error (SE2). SE2 is detected when the drive output current is below 25% after the
Up/Down command has been entered and brake release time and the time set to S6-02 have both passed. The brake
control command will not be issued (brake stays applied). 5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S6-02 Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time 0.00 to [S1-04 - S1-06] 200 ms
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 217
5.11 S: Elevator Parameters
0: Always enabled
1: During run only
S6-15: Speed Reference Loss Detection
Enabled or disables detection for missing speed reference (FrL).
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
S6-16: Restart after Baseblock Selection
Allows the drive to restart the motor after returning to normal operation from Baseblock state (H1- = 8/9) or from
Safe Torque-Off state (Safe Disable inputs H1 and H2 enabled) while the Up/Down command is still active.
T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance. Refer to Auto-Tuning on
page 96 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.
218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
Parameter Details
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 334 for a complete list of U4- monitors and descriptions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 219
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and
guidance for troubleshooting.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 221
6.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the
ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.
222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive, circuit boards and option
cards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 223
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
boL Braking Transistor Overload 229 FrL Speed Reference Missing 232
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
CE 229 LF Output Phase Loss 233
Error
oC Overcurrent 233
,
CPF00, CPF01 Control Circuit Error 229
<1> oFA00 Option Card Not Supported 233
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 229 oFA01 Option Card Connection Error 234
, CPF07, ,
Terminal Board Connection Error 230 oFA10, oFA11 234
CPF08
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port
CN5-A
, to
CPF20, CPF21 Control Circuit Error 230 oFA12 to oFA17 234
<1>
CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 230 oFb00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 234
Troubleshooting
dv1 Encoder Z Pulse Fault 231
to oFb12 to oFb17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 234
dv2 Encoder Z Pulse Phase Fault 231
dv3 Rotation Direction Fault 231 oFC00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 234
dv4 Rotation Direction Fault 231 oFC01 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 234
6
dv6 Overacceleration Detection 231 oFC02 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 235
Err EEPROM Write Error 232 oFC50 Encoder Option AD Conversion Error 235
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 225
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
oFC53 Encoder Communication Data Error 235 rr Internal Braking Transistor Fault 237
oFC54 Encoder Error 235 SE1 Motor Contactor Response Error 238
PF Input Phase Loss 237 Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 239
<1> Displayed as or when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display
will show or .
dEv Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with Encoder) YES 241
L8-88 = 0: YES
Hbb Safe Disable 242
L8-88 = 1: No (default)
L8-88 = 0: YES
HbbF Safe Disable Circuit Fault 242
L8-88 = 1: No (default)
226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
LT-3 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time No output <1> 242
PGo Encoder Disconnected (for Control Mode with Encoder) YES 243
Operation Errors
Table 6.5 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page
Multi-function Analog Input Selection
oPE01 Drive Capacity Setting Error 245 oPE07 245
Error
oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 245 oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 246
oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error 245 oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error 246
oPE05 Reference Source Selection Error 245 oPE18 Parameter Setting Error 246
Troubleshooting
oPE06 Control Mode Selection Error 245 oPE20 PG-F3 Setting Error 246
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 227
6.2 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.6 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page
End1 Excessive V/f Setting 247 Er-05 No-Load Current Error 248
End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 247 Er-08 Rated Slip Error 248
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 247 Er-09 Acceleration Error 248
End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error 247 Er-10 Motor Direction Error 249
End5 Resistance Tuning Error 247 Er-11 Motor Speed Error 249
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm 247 Er-12 Current Detection Error 249
End7 No-Load Current Alarm 247 Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error 249
End8 Rescue Operation Speed Warning 247 Er-18 Induction Voltage Error 249
Er-01 Motor Data Error 248 Er-21 Encoder Offset Compensation Error 249
Er-02 Alarm 248 Er-22 Initial Rotor Pole Search Error 250
ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity, and/or control mode differ 251
vAEr Voltage class and/or drive capacity does not match 252
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same 252
228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF00 or CPF01
Control Circuit Error
<1> <1>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 229
6.3 Fault Detection
CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08
230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
During Rescue Operation, either the DC bus voltage Check the DC bus voltage setting for Rescue Operation (S4-12).
dropped below S4-12 (S4-13 - 10%), or 100 ms after Lower the speed reference set for Rescue Operation (d1-25).
triggering Rescue Operation, the DC bus voltage did not Check the backup power supply. It may need to be replaced with another UPS if it has become worn and can no longer provide
reach S4-12 S4-13 before the motor started. enough power.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Z Pulse Fault
dv1
The motor turned one full rotation without the encoder Z pulse being detected.
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder is not connected, not wired properly, or is Make sure the encoder is properly connected and all shielded lines are properly grounded.
damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Z Pulse Phase Fault
dv2
The Z pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees for the number of times specified in parameter F1-17.
Cause Possible Solution
Noise interference along the encoder cable. Separate the encoder cable lines from the source of the noise (very possibly drive output wiring).
Encoder cable is not wired properly. Rewire the encoder and make sure all shielded lines are properly grounded.
PG option card or the encoder is damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotation Direction Fault
dv3 The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions from one another while at the same time the speed reference and
actual motor speed differ by over 30% for the number of pulses set to F1-18.
Cause Possible Solution
Set the encoder offset to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate. Replacing the encoder or changing the motor/encoder
The encoder offset is not set properly to E5-11.
rotation direction requires readjustment of the encoder offset.
An external force on the load side has caused the motor Make sure the motor is rotating in the right direction.
to move. Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Noise interference along the encoder cable is disturbing
the encoder signals.
Rewire the encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
Encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the PG
option card or the encoder itself is damaged.
Rotational direction for the encoder set to F1-05 is the
Make sure motor lines for each phase (U, V, W) are connected properly.
opposite of the order of the motor lines.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotation Direction Fault
The encoder feedback indicates that the motor is rotating in the opposite direction of the speed reference. Set the number of pulses
dv4 to trigger dv4 detection to F1-19.
Note: Disable rotation direction fault detection in applications where the motor may rotate in the opposite direction of the speed
reference. Setting F1-19 to 0 disables this feature.
Cause Possible Solution
Set the encoder offset to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate.
The encoder offset is not set properly to E5-11. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself. Replacing the encoder
or changing the motor/encoder rotation direction requires readjustment of the encoder offset.
Noise interference along the encoder cable is disturbing Make sure the motor is rotating in the correct direction.
the encoder signals. Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the PG Rewire the encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
option card or the encoder itself is damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overacceleration Detection
dv6
The acceleration of the elevator car exceeds the over acceleration detection level (S6-10)
Cause Possible Solution
Set E5-11 to the encoder offset value written on the motor nameplate. The encoder offset needs to be adjusted whenever the
The encoder offset (E5-11) is incorrect.
Troubleshooting
encoder is replaced or when reversing the direction of the motor.
Noise along the encoder cable.
Cables for the motor encoder are not wired properly, or Check the encoder wiring for any loose connections. Make sure that the shielded line is properly grounded.
the PG option card (or the encoder itself) is damaged.
Incorrect motor data has been set to the E5 parameters. Check the values set to the E5 parameters to make sure that it matches the information on the motor nameplate.
Mechanical data for the elevator have not been set up
Check parameters o1-20, o1-21, and o1-22 and set them to the correct values for the elevator.
correctly.
The acceleration is too fast. Check and adjust the acceleration rate and also the jerk at acceleration start set in parameter C2-01. 6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Rotor Polarity Detection Timeover
dv7
Unable to detect the magnetic poles within the designated time.
Cause Possible Solution
Battery voltage is too low. Charge the battery.
Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
The output cable is disconnected.
Correct the wiring.
Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged.
Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on
The output terminal is loose.
page 67.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 231
6.3 Fault Detection
232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the drive
Set up the operation sequence so that the MC is not tripped while the drive is outputting current.
has turned on or off.
Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected. Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately.
Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 233
6.3 Fault Detection
, oFA05, oFA06
, oFA10, oFA11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A
to oFA12 to oFA17
to oFA30 to oFA43
to oFb03 to oFb11
Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B
to oFb12 to oFb17
Cause Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. If the problem continues, replace the drive. For instructions on replacing the drive, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales
representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
oFC00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-C is
Check if the drive supports the option card you are attempting to instal. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-C.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
oFC01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-C is faulty.
Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-B). If it works there, replace the drive. If the
error persists (oFA01 or oFb01 occur), replace the option board.
234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
to oFC03 to oFC11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C
to oFC12 to oFC17
Troubleshooting
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by
drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat. 6
Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. Decrease the load.
Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Replacement on page 263.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the over temperature detection level.
Cause Possible Solution
Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).
Reduce the load.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 235
6.3 Fault Detection
236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
PGo
No encoder pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.PGoH
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Encoder has no power. Check the power line to the encoder.
Motor brake is not released. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
During Rescue Operation, either the DC bus voltage Check the DC bus voltage setting for Rescue Operation (S4-12). 6
dropped below S4-12 (S4-13 - 10%), or 100 ms after Lower the speed reference set for Rescue Operation (d1-25).
triggering Rescue Operation, the DC bus voltage did not Check the backup power supply. It may need to be replaced with another UPS if it has become worn and can no longer provide
reach S4-12 S4-13 before the motor started. enough power.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)
PGoH
Encoder cable is not connected properly.
Cause Possible Solution
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Transistor Fault
rr
The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
The braking transistor is damaged. Cycle power to the drive and check if the fault reoccurs. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 253.
The control circuit is damaged. Replace the drive. For instructions on replacing the drive, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 237
6.3 Fault Detection
238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Fault Detection
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 239
6.4 Alarm Detection
240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Alarm Detection
Troubleshooting
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6. 6
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1- = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
Reconnect the signal line.
Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1- = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
Change the terminal settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 241
6.4 Alarm Detection
242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Alarm Detection
Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation Orientation and Spacing on
page 38.
Airflow around the drive is restricted. Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
oL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 2
oL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings are not appropriate. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the Check the status of the machine being used.
machine is locked up). Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overspeed (for Control Mode with Encoder)
oS
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
ov The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solutions
Install a DC reactor or an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power
system.
The motor is short-circuited.
Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has over-charged the main circuit Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power.
Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
incorrectly. If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along encoder wiring. Separate encoder wiring from the source of the noise (often output wiring from the drive).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Troubleshooting
PGo
Detected when no encoder signal is received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Cause Possible Solutions
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Encoder cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Encoder does not have enough power. Make sure the correct power supply is properly connected to the encoder.
Motor brake is not released. Ensure the brake releases properly
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name 6
Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)
PGoH
Encoder cable has become disconnected.
Cause Possible Solutions
Encoder cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 243
6.4 Alarm Detection
244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.5 Operator Programming Errors
Troubleshooting
Set the input data for 16 bit (F3-03 = 2).
length is set for 8 bit or 12 bit (F3-03 = 0, 1).
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Control Mode Selection Error
oPE06
Correct the setting for the control method.
Cause Possible Solutions
A control mode has been selected that requires a PG option card to be installed, but no option Connect a PG option card.
card is installed (A1-02 = 3 or 7). Correct the value set to A1-02. 6
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-function Analog Input Selection Error
oPE07
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02 and H3-10.
Cause Possible Solutions
Change the settings to H3-02 and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
At least two analog input terminals are set to the same function (i.e., two of these parameters
Note: Both 0 (speed reference bias) and F (not used) can be set to H3-02 and H3-10 at the
has the same setting: H3-02 or H3-10).
same time.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 245
6.5 Operator Programming Errors
246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
End1 Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning, and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Troubleshooting
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The leakage inductance value that was calculated is
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
outside the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
6
The entered no-load current value was outside the
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
rated current.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End8 Rescue Operation Speed Warning
Cause Possible Solutions
High frequency injection calculations for the battery For Rescue Operation, either switch to a larger battery (at least 280 Vdc for a 200 V class drive, 560 Vdc for the 400 V class) or
power supply were below 10 Hz. switch to an absolute encoder and the PG-F3 option card.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 247
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Er-02 Alarm
248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-Tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-10 Motor Direction Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The encoder signal lines are not properly connected
Check and correct wiring to the PG encoder.
to the drive.
Check the motor speed monitor U1-05 while turning the motor manually in forward direction. If the sign displayed is negative,
Motor and PG direction are opposite.
change the setting of parameter F1-05.
The load pulled the motor in the opposite direction
of the speed reference and the torque exceeded Uncouple the motor from the load and repeat Auto-Tuning.
100%.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to
Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-21 Encoder Offset Compensation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor was coasting when Auto-Tuning was
Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
6
performed.
Either the motor or the encoder on the motor is not
Check the wiring for the motor and the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
properly wired.
The direction for the encoder is set incorrectly, or the
Check the direction and number of pulses set for the encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
number of pulses set for the encoder is wrong.
Encoder is damaged. Check the signal output from the encoder attached to the motor. Replace the encoder if damaged.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 249
6.6 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.7 Copy Function Related Displays
Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive and the
operator or the USB copy unit.
Check the cable connection.
6
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Copy Unit and the drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you are attempting to write to have different electrical
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
specifications, a different capacity, is set to a different
control mode, or is a different model number.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and
Making sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
does not have any parameters saved on it.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 251
6.7 Copy Function Related Displays
252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
1. Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
6.
Troubleshooting
Press to go back to the U2-02 display.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 253
6.8 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
YEC_
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and common
reset the fault Press on the digital operator.
LO
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. Fault Reset Switch
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
S4 is set for Fault Reset as default (H1-04 = 14).
SC Digital Input Common
2 ON
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply power after the digital
operator display is out.
1 OFF
Note: If the Up/Down command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. The Up/Down command must first
be removed before a fault situation can be cleared.
254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it
receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 255
7.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Ensuring Safety during Auto-Tuning
When using a PM motor for the first time, or when replacing the drive or PM motor, always make sure that
motor parameter have been set properly and the speed detection function accurately prior to operation.
Using a PM motor requires that the encoder offset be set correctly in addition to entering motor data to
corresponding parameters. If the motor, encoder, or drive is ever replaced, be sure to perform Encoder Offset
Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient torque can cause the elevator car to move in the direction of the load, or cause the motor to behave
erratically (reverse operation, stand still, sudden accelerations, etc.).
For more information, refer to the instruction manual included with the motor.
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a motor, voltage continues to be generated at the
motor terminals while the motor coasts to stop.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a magnetic
contactor installed to the output side of the drive.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive
has been shut off.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Whenever performing maintenance, inspection, or wiring on the motors, make sure to open the magnetic
contactor on the output side and make sure the motor has come to a complete stop. Next wait for time specified
in this manual before beginning to work on the motor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
When closing the magnetic contactor while the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on
and the drive output has completely stopped.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely
stopped before closing the motor contactor.
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Never attempt to change any wiring or remove any connectors while power is flowing through the motor.
256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Wiring to the motor (U, V, W) should never come into contact with the external case of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Switch off the power supply and lock the switching device before wiring terminals.
Failure to comply would result in serious injury or death.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power. Periodic Inspection &
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 257
7.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Ensuring Safety with PM Motors
When using a PM motor, never open or close the magnetic contactor while the motor is running.
Failure to comply could result in the drive damage.
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Make sure wiring to motor terminals U, V, and W connect the corresponding U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 output
terminals on the drive.
Wiring to the wrong terminals will reverse the phase order, causing the motor to operate in reverse. This could cause
the elevator car to fall when attempting to go up.
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive to frequently start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.2 Inspection
7.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of
use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and
periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and
relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
High ambient temperatures
Frequent starting and stopping
Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
Excessive vibrations or shock loading
Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 259
7.2 Inspection
260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
Replacement Parts
The drive cooling fans can easily be replaced if necessary. Only use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive
model and revision.
Refer to Cooling Fan Replacement on page 263 for cooling fans replacement instructions.
Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors
The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa
recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 260 for more details.
Table 7.3 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter Component Contents
Displays the cumulative operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it
U4-03
Cooling Fan reaches 99999.
U4-04 Displays the cumulative fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-05 DC Bus Capacitors Displays the cumulative time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-06 Inrush (pre-charge) Relay Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit.
U4-07 IGBT Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs.
<1> LT-1 The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the cooling fan.
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life
<1> LT-2 Replace the drive.
time.
<1> LT-3
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life
time.
Replace the drive. 7
<1> LT-4 The IGBTs have reached 90% of their designated life time. Check the load, carrier frequency, and output speed.
<2> TrPC The IGBTs have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the drive.
<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2- = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2- =
2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 261
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement cooling fans as required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product
performance life.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
Figure 7.1
B A
B
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
7
YEC_TM
only
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 263
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
YEC_
TMon
ly
Figure 7.2 Removing the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
2. Remove the cooling fan cartridge. Disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
Figure 7.3
YEC_
TMon -
ly
Figure 7.3 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
Installing the Cooling Fan
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement could result in damage
to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To ensure maximum useful
product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
A
YEC_TM
only
264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the cable back into the recess of the
drive.
Figure 7.5
YEC_TMonly A
A Back B Front
Figure 7.5 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
3. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.6
YEC_
TMon
ly
Figure 7.6 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0018 to 2A0075, 4A0009 to 4A0039
4. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
Figure 7.7 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
7
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 265
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2. Lift the fan cover out leading with the back end. Unplug the replay connector and free the fan cover from the
drive.
Figure 7.8
YEC_TMonly
Figure 7.8 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
Installing the Cooling Fan
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement could result in damage
to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To ensure maximum useful
product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
1. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected.
2. Place the power supply connectors and cable back into the recess of the drive.
Figure 7.9
YEC_TMonly
A
A Back B Front
Figure 7.9 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
3. Install the replacement fan into the drive.
Figure 7.10
266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
4. Angle the fan cover so the back end tilts up. Slide the cover into the small opening towards the front of the drive,
and then guide the entire fan cover into place.
Figure 7.11
Insertion area
Front of drive
Figure 7.11 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
5. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.12
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.12 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0085, 2A0115, 4A0045, 4A0060
6. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
4A0075 to 4A0091
Removing the Cooling Fan
1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.13
YEC_
TMonly
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 267
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2. Lift the cooling fan directly up on the fan as shown below. Unplug the relay connector and free the fan from the
drive.
Figure 7.14
YEC_
TMonly
YEC_TM
only
YEC_TMonly A
A Back B Front
Figure 7.16 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 4A0075, 4A0091
268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
3. Angle the fan cover as shown and insert the connector tabs into the corresponding holes on the drive.
Figure 7.17
YEC_
TMonly
Hook Hook
Front of Drive
Figure 7.17 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0075, 4A0091
4. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.18
YEC_
TMonly
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 269
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
2A0145, 2A0180,
4A0112, 4A0150
YEC_
TMonly
A C
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.20 Removing the Fan Unit: 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, 4A0150
4. Remove the fan guard and replace the cooling fans.
Figure 7.21
2A0145, 2A0180,
4A0112, 4A0150
YEC_
TMonly
270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Drive Cooling Fan
Follow the directions below to prevent damage to the fan cable connector and make sure the fan cable does not get
pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, and 4A0150
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
YEC_
TMonly
2. Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in the drawings below.
Figure 7.22
Fan B1 Fan B2
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.22 Cooling Fan Wiring for Models 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112 and 4A0150
3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
4. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
Installing the Cooling Fan Unit
1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.23
YEC_
TMonly Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
7
Figure 7.23 Installing the Cooling Fan Unit: 2A0145, 2A0180, 4A0112, 4A0150
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 271
7.5 Drive Replacement
YEC_TMon
ly
A E
C D
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option cards or other types of options, then refer to the specific manuals for those options.
NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement
drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate
break down of the replacement drive.
272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
YEC_
comm
on
YEC_com
mon
YEC_
comm
on
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 273
7.5 Drive Replacement
YEC_
comm
on
274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 275
8.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Applications using a braking option should wire a thermal relay so that the output contactor opens when the
thermal relay trips.
Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip detection
setting. Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
Failure to comply can result in fire.
276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals.
Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power
supply.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Never use a magnet contactor on the input side of the drive frequently to start and stop the motor.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Do not connect magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary.
The MC should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault
circuit interrupter.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 277
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
Output Noise Filter LF-310 Series Reduces electromagnetic noise generated by the drive output.
Isolator DGP Isolates the drive control I/Os for improved noise resistance.
Reference Setting / Monitor Options
External meter for displaying the output speed or current using
Frequency Meter / Ammeter DCF-6A
an analog signal from the drive
Frequency Meter Potentiometer (20 External potentiometer for adjusting the frequency meter
RH000850
k) scaling
External meter for displaying the output voltage using an
Output Voltage Meter SDF-12NH
analog signal from the drive
Frequency Setting Potentiometer (2 External potentiometer for setting the speed reference by an
RH000739
k) analog input
Control Dial for Frequency Setting
CM-3S Control dial for frequency setting potentiometer
Potentiometer
Meter Plate NPJT41561-1 Plate with scale for frequency setting potentiometer
278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
ERR
COM
JVOP-181
LOCK
Attachment
Parts to make the drive conform to NEMA Type 1 enclosure
NEMA 1 Kit EZZ020787
requirements
Others
DriveWizard Plus
PC tool for drive setup and parameter management
(Under development)
Communication Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 279
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices
YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit
ERR
Supply
COM
JVOP-181
LOCK
USB Cable
py rify ad
Co Ve Re
Magnetic
Contactor
(MC)
+2
+1
DC Reactor
Zero-phase
Reactor
Fuse
Ground
280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.4 Option Card Installation
<1> If installed to CN5-B or CN5-C, DI-A3 cannot be used to set the speed reference, but the input status can still be viewed using U1-17.
<2> If only one encoder option card is connected to the drive, use the CN5-C connector. If two encoder option cards are connected, use both
CN5-B and CN5-C.
Installation Procedure
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar
with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and
circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the
application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.
Use the procedure described below when installing option cards to the drive.
1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the
operator and front cover. Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 57
2. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card into the matching CN5 connector on the drive, then fasten it into
place using one of the screws included with the option card.
Figure 8.2
B F
G
C
J
D
K
L
H
Peripheral Devices &
I
YEC_TMonly
A Connector CN5-C G Mounting screw
B Connector CN5-B H Lead line
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 281
8.4 Option Card Installation
3. Connect one of the lead lines using one of the screws to the ground terminal.
Some option cards come with several different lead lines for connecting the card to the drive. Select the lead line
with the most appropriate length.
Note: There are only two screw holes on the drive for ground terminals. If three option cards are connected, two of the lead lines will
need to share the same ground terminal.
Figure 8.3
common_
TMonly
A
B
common_
TMonly
A Cable through hole B Space for wiring
(CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033, 4A0009 to 0018) (CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180, 4A0024 to 0150)
Figure 8.4 Wiring Space
5. Place the front cover and digital operator back onto the drive.
Note: 1. Leave enough space when wiring so that the front cover can be easily reattached. Make sure no wires get caught between the front
cover and the drive.
2. Any exposed wiring will void the wall-mount enclosure rating.
282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Braking Options
A braking resistor or an external braking transistor combined with a braking resistor must be installed in order to
dissipate the energy fed back to the drive during regenerative operation.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking
circuit. Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking resistor option to the drive.
Note: The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the regenerative energy from the elevator system. The drive is
likely to trip with DC bus over voltage if the resistor value is too large. Connecting a too small braking resistor can damage the
drive or braking transistor. Consult with you sales representative for proper braking option selection.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals. Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in
damage to the drive or equipment.
Circuit Breaker
MC
R R/L1
S S/L2
T T/L3
400/200V
MC
THRX
1 2
SA
Braking Resistor Unit
(Close: Overheat)
YEC_TMonly
Figure 8.5 Power Supply Interrupt for Overheat Protection (Example)
Peripheral Devices &
To install a CDBR type braking unit, connect the drives B1 terminal (CIMR-L2A0018A through 0115 and CIMR-
L4A0009 through 0060) or +3 terminal (units CIMR-L2A0145, 2A0180 and CIMR-L4A0075 to 4A0150) to the
positive terminal on the braking unit. Next wire the negative terminals on the drive and braking unit together. Terminal 8
+2 is not used.
Connect the braking resistor to the CDBRs terminals +0 and -0.
Wire the thermal trip contacts of the CDBR and the braking resistor in series, and connect this signal to a drive digital
input. Use this input to trigger a fault in the drive in case a CDBR or braking resistor overload occurs.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 283
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.6
+3 + +0 P 1
Thermal Overload
Drive Trip Contact
0 B 2
3 4
YEC_
Thermal TMonly
Trip Contact
Figure 8.6 Connecting a Braking Unit (CDBR type) and Braking Resistor Unit
(CIMR-L2A0145 to 2A0180 and L4A0075 to 4A0150)
+3
Braking Braking Braking
Resistor Resistor Resistor
+ +0 0 + +0 0 + +0 0
MASTER MASTER
Level Detector
MASTER
Drive
SLAVE
+15 SLAVE SLAVE
1 5 1 5 1 5
6 2 6 2 6
2
284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.8
A MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3 Common_
MC
MB TMonly
C MC
MC
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Switch off the power supply and lock the switching device before wiring terminals. Failure to
comply may result in serious injury or death.
NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The contactor
should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip detection setting. Check local electrical
codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings. Failure to comply can result in fire.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 285
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Connecting an AC or DC Reactor
Reactor Placement
When connecting to a large capacity power supply transformer (greater than 600 kVA), or when switching a phase
advance capacitor, large peak current can flow through the input power supply circuit and damage converter components
in L1000A. To prevent this, install a DC reactor or AC reactor to the input side of the drive. This will additionally help to
improve the power factor. If a DC drive or some other type of thyristor converter is running from the same power system
as L1000A, then a DC or AC reactor should be installed, regardless of the power supply conditions shown in Figure 8.9.
Note: A DC reactor is built in to the drive models 2A0085 to 2A0180 and 4A0045 to 4A0150.
Figure 8.9
4000
0 60 400
Drive Capacity (kVA)
Figure 8.9 Installing a Reactor
Connecting an AC Reactor
Figure 8.10
C D
A B
U X R/L1
V
W
Y
Z
S/L2
T/L3
Common_
TMonly
Connecting a DC Reactor
A DC reactor can be installed to drive models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0075 and 4A0009 to 0039. When installing a DC
reactor, ensure the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 (terminals are jumpered for shipment) is removed. The jumper
must be installed if no DC reactor is used. Refer to Figure 8.11 for an example of DC reactor wiring.
Figure 8.11
C
A B
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
+1 +2
Common_
TMonly
D
286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
B C
MCCB
A R U R/L1
S/L2
S V
T/L3
T W
MCCB
YEC_
TMon
ly
D
B C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1 1 4
YEC_
Peripheral Devices &
S/L2 V/T2 2 5 M
T/L3 W/T3 3 6 TMon
ly
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 287
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
B
C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
T/L3 W/T3
E YEC_
TMon
G
ly
F
A
C D E
B MCCB F G
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
YEC_
T/L3 W/T3
TMon
ly
Fuse/Fuse Holder
Yaskawa recommends installing a fuse to the input side of the drive to prevent damage to the drive if a short circuit
occurs.
Select the appropriate fuse from the table below.
Table 8.3 Input Fuses
Fuse Type Fuse Holder Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Fuji Electric Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-L
Model Fuse Ampere Rating Model Quantity Model Fuse Ampere Rating
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0018 CR2LS-100 100 CM-1A 1 FWH-90B 90
2A0025 CR2L-125 125 CM-2A 1 FWH-100B 100
2A0033 CR2L-150 150 CM-2A 1 FWH-200B 200
2A0047 CR2L-175 175 CM-2A 1 FWH-200B 200
2A0060 CR2L-225 225 FWH-200B 200
2A0075 CR2L-260 260 FWH-300A 300
2A0085 CR2L-300 300 FWH-300A 300
2A0115 CR2L-350 350 FWH-350A 350
288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives,
the motor current is approximately 5% to 10% greater than if driven by a commercial power supply. In addition, the
cooling capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is
within the motor rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to
Options
the reduction of cooling at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection
function built into the drive whenever possible.
UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive: Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated
8
using data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor is protected from overload using this function.
Long Motor Cables
When a high carrier frequency and long motor cables are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to
increased leakage current. To avoid this, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal
overload relay.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 289
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: A
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 291
A.1 Section Safety
292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.2 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.
<4> Carrier frequency can be set up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<5> Carrier frequency can be set up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 293
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<4> Carrier frequency can be set up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<5> Carrier frequency can be set up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.4 Drive Specifications
Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
V/f Control (V/f)
Control Method Open Loop Vector Control (OLV)
Closed Loop Vector Control (CLV)
Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (CLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 120 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within 0.01% of the max output speed (-10 to +40C)
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within 0.1% of the max output speed (25C 10C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Frequency Setting Resolution
Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output speed setting (11 bit plus sign)
Output Speed Resolution 0.001 Hz
Frequency Setting Signal -10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V
V/f: 150% at 3 Hz
Starting Torque <1> OLV: 200% at 0.3 Hz
CLV, CLV/PM: 200% at 0 r/min
Control V/f: 1:40
Characteristics Speed Control Range <1> OLV: 1:200
CLV: 1:1500
Speed Control Accuracy <1> OLV: 0.2% (25C 10C), CLV: 0.02% (25C 10C)
OLV: 10 Hz
Speed Response <1>
CLV, CLV/PM: 50 Hz
Torque Limit Parameters setting allow separate limits in four quadrants (available in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM)
0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings, unit changeable to m/s2 or
Accel/Decel Ramp
ft/s2)
Braking Transistor Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 2A0115, 4A0009 to 4A0060 have a built-in braking transistor.
V/f Characteristics Freely programmable
Inertia Compensation, Position Lock at Start and Stop/Anti-Rollback Function, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection, Torque
Limit, Speed Reference, Accel/decel Switch, 5 Zone Jerk Settings, Auto-tuning (Stationary and Rotational Motor/Encoder Offset
Tuning), Dwell, Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation, Torque Compensation, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop,
Main Control Functions
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps), Fault Restart, Removable Terminal Block with Parameter Backup
Function, Online Tuning, High Frequency Injection, Short Floor, Rescue Operation(Light Load Direction Search Function),
Inspection Run, Brake Sequence, Speed related parameters with elevator units display, etc.
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Protection Drive stops when output current exceeds 200% of rated output current
Overload Protection Drive stops after 60 s at 150% of rated output current <2>
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
Overvoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
Protection
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V
Functions Undervoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V
Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <3>
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
Ambient Temperature -10 to 40C (NEMA Type 1 enclosure), -10 to 50C (IP00 enclosure)
Humidity 95 RH% or less (no condensation)
Environment Storage Temperature -20 to 60C (short-term temperature during transportation)
Altitude Up to 1000 meters without derating, up to 3000m with output current and voltage derating
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration / Shock
20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s2
Two Safe Disable inputs and 1 EDM output according to EN61800-5-1, EN954-1/ISO13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN61508 SIL2,
Safety Standard Insulation coordination: class 1
Note: Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms
Protection Design IP00 enclosure, NEMA Type 1 enclosure <4>
<1> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different
Specifications
motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
<2> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output speed is less than 6 Hz.
<3> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
<4> Removing the top protective cover from a NEMA Type 1 enclosure drive voids the NEMA Type 1 protection but still keeps IP20 conformity.
This is applicable to models CIMR-L2A0018 to 2A0075 and 4A0009 to 4A0039.
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 295
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data
296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
A.6 Drive Derating Data
2A0018 to 2A0060
Common_
TMonly
0 8 kHz 15 kHz
2A0145, 2A0180
Drive Rated
Common_
0 5 kHz 10 kHz TMonly
Figure A.2 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-L2A0145, 2A0180)
Figure A.3
Common_
TMonly
0 8 kHz 15 kHz
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 297
A.6 Drive Derating Data
Figure A.4
4A0112, 4A0150
Drive Rated
Common_
TMonly
0 5 kHz 10 kHz
Figure A.4 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-L4A0112 to 4A0150)
Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drives output current must be derated like shown in Figure A.5 when the
drive is installed in areas with high ambient temperature. In order to ensure reliable drive overload protection, the
parameters L8-12 and L8-35 must also be set according to the installation conditions.
Parameter Settings
IP00 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10C and 50C allows 100% continuous current without derating.
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10C and 40C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40C
and 50C requires output current derating.
Figure A.5
85
YEC_
0 L8-12
TMonly
-10 40 50 (Ambient temp : C)
298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: B
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 299
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table
V/f Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.
OLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector.
CLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector.
CLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector for PM motors.
Note: If a parameter is not available in a certain control mode, the symbol for that control mode is grayed out.
300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Groups
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 301
B.3 Parameter Table
A1-00 0: English
(100H) 1: Japanese
Default: <27>
2: German
Language Selection Min: 0 132
3: French
Max: 7
4: Italian
<1>
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
7: Chinese
common_
A1-01 All Modes TMonly Default: 2
(101H)
Access Level Selection 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U- parameters can also be viewed. Min: 0 132
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) Max: 2
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
common_
All Modes TMonly
A1-02 Default: 0
0: V/f Control
(102H) Control Method Selection Min: 0 132
2: Open Loop Vector Control
<1> Max: 7
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
A1-03 0: No initialization
Initialize Parameters Min: 0 133
(103H) 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)
Max: 5550
2220: 2-wire initialization
5550: oPE04 error reset
A1-04
Password common_
Default: 0000
(104H) All Modes TMonly
Min: 0000 134
A1-05 When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01
Password Setting Max: 9999
(105H) through A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<27> Regional default settings
Setting 0: Asia except for China (Model code: CIMR-LTA)
Setting 7: China (Model code: CIMR-LBA)
302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Up/Down command, timer functions, the Dwell function, the Droop
Control function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
b1: Operation Mode Selection
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 303
B.3 Parameter Table
C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration ramps, jerk settings, slip compensation, torque
compensation, and carrier frequency selections.
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps
C1-02
common_
(201H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 1 142
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-03
common_
(202H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Ramp 2 142
Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.
C1-04
common_
(203H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 2 142
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-06
common_
(205H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 3 142
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
C1-07
common_
(206H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Ramp 4 142
Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.
C1-08
common_
(207H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Ramp 4 142
Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.
common_
C1-09 All Modes TMonly
Emergency Stop Ramp 143
(208H)
Sets the ramp for the Emergency Stop function.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
C1-10
Accel/Decel Setting Resolution Min: 0 143
(209H) 0: 0.01 s unit
Max: 1
1: 0.1 s unit
common_ Default: 0.0%
C1-11 All Modes TMonly
Accel/Decel Switching Speed Min: 0.0% 143
(20AH)
Sets the speed to switch between accel/decel ramp settings. Max: 100.0%
304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 200%
C3-03
Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 145
(211H) Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for
Max: 250%
motor 1 (E2-02).
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Default: 0
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection
0: Disabled. Min: 0 145
(212H) during Regeneration
1: Enabled above 6 Hz. Max: 2
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: <5>
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation
Min: 0 145
(213H) Selection 0: Disabled.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 305
B.3 Parameter Table
C5-02
common_ Default: <5>
(21CH) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 148
1
Sets the integral time 1 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-03
common_ Default: <5>
(21DH) Speed Control Loop Proportional V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.00 148
Gain 2
Sets the proportional gain 2 of the speed control loop. Max: 300.00
C5-04
common_ Default: <5>
(21EH) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 148
2
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-14
common_ Default: <5>
(273H) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 148
3
Sets the integral time 3 of the speed control loop. Max: 10.000 s
C5-20
common_ Default:0.100 s
(275H) Speed Control Loop Integral Time V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 149
during Position Lock
Sets the Speed Control Loop Integral time used during Position Lock. Max: 10.000 s
306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
d: Speed References
Speed Reference parameters are used to set the various speed reference values during operation.
d1: Speed Reference
d1-02
(281H)
Speed Reference 2 151
d1-03
(282H)
Speed Reference 3 151
d1-04
(283H)
Speed Reference 4 151
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.00% <6>
Min: 0.00%
d1-05 Sets the Speed reference for the drive when d1-18 is set to 0 or 3. Setting units are determined
Max: 100.00% <6>
(284H) by parameter o1-03.
Speed Reference 5 151
d1-06
(285H)
Speed Reference 6 151
d1-07
(286H)
Speed Reference 7 151
d1-08
(287H)
Speed Reference 8 151
common_
All Modes TMonly
d1-20
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C2H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 1 Min: 0.00% 152
Sets intermediate speed reference 1 when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-21
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C3H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 2 Min: 0.00% 152
Sets intermediate speed reference 2 when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-22
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C4H) All Modes TMonly
Intermediate Speed 3 Min: 0.00% 152
Sets intermediate speed reference 3 when d1-18 = 1 or 3. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-23
common_ Default: 0.00% <6>
(2C5H) All Modes TMonly
Releveling Speed Min: 0.00% 152
Sets speed reference for releveling when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-24
common_ Default: 50.00% <6>
(2C6H) All Modes TMonly
Inspection Operation Speed Min: 0.00% 152
Parameter List
Sets speed reference when inspection operation is enabled. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-25
common_ Default: 10.00% <6>
(2C7H) All Modes TMonly
Rescue Operation Speed Min: 0.00% 152
Sets the speed reference during inspection operation. Max: 100.00% <6>
d1-26
(2C8H)
Leveling Speed
All Modes
common_
TMonly
Default: 8.00% <6>
Min: 0.00% 152
B
Sets leveling speed reference when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Max: 100.00% <6>
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 307
B.3 Parameter Table
E: Motor Parameters
E1: V/f Pattern
308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Default: <4>
E5-03 common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
(32BH) Motor Rated Current current 158
<1> Sets the motor rated current. Max: 200% of drive
rated current <10>
CLV TMonly
(32EH) Motor d-Axis Inductance Min: 0.00 mH 158
<1> Sets the d-axis inductance. Max: 600.00 mH
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 309
B.3 Parameter Table
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting value is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
F: Option Settings
F parameters are used to program the drive for Encoder and PG feedback from the motor and to function with option
cards.
F1: PG Speed Control Card
310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
0: BCD, 1% units
1: BCD, 0.1% units
2: BCD, 0.01% units
Default: 0
F3-01 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
DI-A3 Option Card Input Selection Min: 0 162
(390H) 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Max: 7
5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
6: BCD customized setting (5 digit), 0.02 Hz units
7: Binary input
When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units (o1-03 = 2 or 3),
the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2
F3-03 DI-A3 Option Card Data Length
0: 8 bit Min: 0 163
(3B9H) Selection
1: 12 bit Max: 2
2: 16 bit
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 103
F4-03
Terminal V2 Function Selection Min: 000 163
(393H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U- monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-04
common_ Default: 50.0%
(394H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Gain Min: -999.9% 163
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
F4-05
common_ Default: 0.0%
(395H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V1 Bias Min: -999.9% 163
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%
F4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(396H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Bias Min: -999.9% 163
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
Default: 1
F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level
common_ Min: 0 163
(397H) Selection All Modes TMonly Max: 1
0: 0 to 10 V Default: 1
F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 311
B.3 Parameter Table
0: Auto-detection
1: 10 kbps
2: 20 kbps Default: 6
F6-36
CANopen Communication Speed 3: 50 kbps Min: 0
(3D1H)
4: 125 kbps Max: 8
5: 250 kbps
6: 500 kbps
7: 800 kbps
8: 1 Mbps
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H: Terminal Functions
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
7 Accel/decel Ramp Selection 1 Used to switch between accel/decel ramp 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel ramp 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04). 166
When combined with another input terminal set for "Accel/Decel ramp 2" (H1- = 1A), the drive can also
switch between accel/decel ramp 3 (set in C1-05, C1-06) and accel/decel ramp 4 (set in C1-07, C1-08).
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 166
Closed: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 166
Open: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Not Used (Through Mode) 166
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function
but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.
common_
All Modes TMonly
14 Fault Reset 167
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Up/Down command is removed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
15 Emergency Stop (N.O.) 167
Closed: Decelerates to stop at the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
17 Emergency Stop (N.C.) 167
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Emergency Stop ramp set to C1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Timer Function Input 167
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output
(H2- = 12).
common_
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 313
B.3 Parameter Table
314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Closed: When the output speed is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 L4-04.
common_
All Modes TMonly
18 Torque Detection 2 172
Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1A During Down Direction 174
Closed: Drive is running in the down direction.
common_
B
All Modes TMonly
1B During Baseblock 2 (N.C.) 175
Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 315
B.3 Parameter Table
316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H3-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(412H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 177
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level
Min: 0 178
(417H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 0
1: 10 to 10 V
common_ Default: 0
H3-10 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Function Selection Min: 0 178
(418H)
Sets the function of terminal A2. Max: 1F
H3-11
common_ Default: 100.0%
(419H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 179
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
H3-12
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41AH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 179
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
H4-03
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41FH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal FM Bias Min: -999.9% 180
Parameter List
Sets the bias value added to the terminal FM output signal. Max: 999.9%
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 103
H4-04
Terminal AM Monitor Selection Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM. Min: 000 180
(420H)
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U-. For example, enter 103 Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-05
(421H)
Terminal AM Gain
All Modes
common_
TMonly
Default: 50.0%
Min: -999.9% 180
B
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 317
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H4-07 Terminal FM Signal Level
Min: 0 181
(423H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: 10 to 10 V
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H4-08 Terminal AM Signal Level
Min: 0 181
(424H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: 10 to 10 V
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
Default: 3
H5-02 3: 9600 bps
Communication Speed Selection Min: 0 346
(426H) 4: 19200 bps
Max: 8
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-03 0: No parity
Communication Parity Selection Min: 0 346
(427H) 1: Even parity
Max: 2
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 3
H5-04 Stopping Method After 0: Ramp to stop
Min: 0 346
(428H) Communication Error (CE) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3
2: Emergency Stop
3: Alarm only
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection
Min: 0 347
(429H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
common_ Default: 5 ms
H5-06 All Modes TMonly
Drive Transmit Wait Time Min: 5 ms 347
(42AH)
Sets the wait time between receiving and sending data. Max: 65 ms
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-07
RTS Control Selection Min: 0 347
(42BH) 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2.0 s
H5-09
CE Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 347
(435H) Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when
Max: 10.0 s
networking several drives.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/
Min: 0 347
(436H) Modbus Register 0025H 0: 0.1 V units
Max: 1
1: 1 V units
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function
Min: 0 348
(43CH) Selection 0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
Max: 1
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command.
<14> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
L: Protection Functions
L parameters are used to set up drive and motor protection functions, such as: undervoltage detection, Stall Prevention,
speed detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.
L1: Motor Protection
<16> The setting value is dependent on the setting for the carrier frequency reduction (L8-38).
Default: 0.0%
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 319
B.3 Parameter Table
0: Disabled
1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-04
Torque Detection Selection 2 3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Min: 0 190
(4A4H)
4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Max: 8
5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
common_ Default: 150%
L6-05 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Level 2 Min: 0% 190
(4A5H)
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
common_ Default: 0.1 s
L6-06 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Time 2 Min: 0.0 s 190
(4A6H)
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2. Max: 10.0 s
320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
L7-03
L7-02 Default: 200%
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Negative Torque Min: 0% 191
(4AAH) Limit
Max: 300%
L8-06 When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input bias is calculated and becomes Default: <4>
(4B2H)
Input Phase Loss Detection Level the input phase if the difference between the max and minimum values of the ripple are greater Min: 0.0% 192
than L8-06. Max: 50.0%
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class 2 (determines standards for setting values)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
0: Disabled Min: 0 193
(4B3H) Selection
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss) Max: 2
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection
Min: 0 193
(4B5H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation
0: During run only. Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop. Min: 0 193
(4B6H) Selection
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up. Max: 2
2: Temperature controlled operation.
common_
All Modes Default: 60 s
TMonly
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay
Min: 0 s 193
(4B7H) Time Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Up/Down command is removed when L8-
Max: 300 s
10 = 0.
common_ Default: 40C
L8-12 All Modes TMonly
Ambient Temperature Setting Min: -10C 194
(4B8H)
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level. Max: 50C
common_
oL2 (drive overload) Default: 1
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 321
B.3 Parameter Table
Sets stopping method when a Input phase loss fault (PF) occurs. See parameter L8-05. Default: 1
L8-62 Operation Selection at Input Phase
0: Ramp to Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02. Min: 0 192
(529H) Loss
1: Coast to Stop Max: 3
2: Emergency Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.
3: Alarm only - Drive continues operation.
common_
All Modes Default: 0
L8-77 TMonly
Oscillation Suppression Used to suppress speed oscillations that occur with an unloaded motor and that have the same Min: -100 196
(61EH)
frequency as the output frequency. Max: 100
All Modes
Default: 1
L8-88 0: Mode 0 (Ready Signal Off and Alarm Output on when Safe Disable Inputs open)
Safe Disable Operation Mode Min: 0 196
(2F5H) 1: Mode 1 (Ready Signal On and Alarm Output off when Safe Disable Inputs open, Varispeed
Max: 1
L7 compatible)
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 323
B.3 Parameter Table
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors.
0: 0.01 Hz
Default: 1
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Unit 1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04)
Min: 0 203
(502H) Selection 2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
Max: 6 <21>
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
4: Elevator units 1 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate and jerk in s)
5: Elevator units 2 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate in m/s2, jerk in m/s3)
6: Elevator units 3 (speed in ft/min, accel/decel rate in ft/s2, jerk in ft/s3)
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Default: <5>
o1-04 TMonly
V/f Pattern Setting Units 0: Hz Min: 0 204
(503H)
1: r/min Max: 1
Default: <20>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum
All Modes
common_ Min: 1 204
(520H) Value TMonly
Max: 60000
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency. Default: <20>
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position. Min: 0 204
(521H) Display
Max: 3
common_ Default: 400 mm
o1-20 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Traction Sheave Diameter Min: 100 mm 204
(575H)
Sets the traction sheave diameter for display unit calculations. Max: 2000 mm
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
All Modes Default: 0%
TMonly
o4-09
IGBT Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 208
(525H) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs
Max: 150%
may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-11
U2, U3 Initialization 0: U2- and U3- monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03). Min: 0 208
(510H)
1: Resets the data for the U2- and U3- monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER Max: 1
key is pressed, fault data is erased and the display returns to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-12 0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
kWh Monitor Initialization Min: 0 208
(512H) 1: Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display "0" after they are
Max: 1
initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the
display returns to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o4-13 0: Keep the number of travels counter value. The counter is not reset when the drive is
Number of Travels Counter Reset Min: 0 208
(528H) initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: Resets the number 0 travels counter. The monitor U4-24/25 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to
1 and the ENTER key is pressed, the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 325
B.3 Parameter Table
S: Elevator Parameters
This section describes various functions and faults needed to operate an elevator application: braking sequence, slip
compensation for elevators, start/stop optimization, Rescue Operation, and elevator-related faults.
S1: Brake Sequence
S2-03 Slip compensation for leveling speed can be set separately for motoring and regenerative states.
This can help improve the accuracy of leveling. Default: 1.0
(691H) Slip Compensation Gain in
Min: 0.0 210
Regenerative Mode
Max: 5.0
326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
S3-02 Sets gain levels 1 and 2 for the Position Lock function. Position Lock at start attempts to keep
the car position when opening the brake in order to avoid roll back. Default: 0.00
(698H) Position Lock Gain at Start 2
Min: 0.00 211
(Anti Rollback Gain)
Max: 100.00
S3-03 common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 5
(699H)
Position Lock Gain at Stop Min: 0 211
Sets the Position Lock gain at stop. Position Lock at stop keeps the car in position until the
Max: 100
brake has been applied entirely.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 10
S3-04
Position Lock Bandwidth Min: 0 211
(69AH) Determines the bandwidth around the stop position in which a digital output programmed for
Max: 16383
"Within Position Lock Bandwidth" (H2- = 33) is closed.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 500 ms
S3-10 Starting Torque Compensation
Min: 0 ms 212
(69BH) Increase Time Sets a time constant for the torque reference to reach 300%. Enabled by setting an analog input
Max: 5000 ms
terminal for torque compensation (H3- = 14).
common_ Default: 0
S3-12 Starting Torque Compensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Min: -40.0% 212
(69DH) Bias in Down Direction
Adds a bias to torque compensation value from the load cell when moving in down direction. Max: 40.0%
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Default: 0.0%
S3-14 Torque Compensation Fade Out
Sets the speed level for torque compensation to fade out during the time determined by S3-15. Min: 0.0% 212
(69FH) Speed
Sets as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). A setting of 0.0% essentially Max: 100%
disables this function.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 1000 ms
S3-15 Torque Compensation Fade Out
Min: 0 ms 212
(6A0H) Time Sets the time for torque compensation to fade out once motor speed reaches the level set in S3-
Max: 5000 ms
14.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Determines the reduction rate used bring the internal torque reference value down to zero after Default: 100 ms
S3-16
Torque Limit Reduction Time Position Lock at Stop has finished. Min: 0 ms 212
(6A1H)
Max: 10000 ms
Rate = Torque 300%
S3-16
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 100%
S3-25 DC Injection Gain in Regenerative
(6A3H) Operation Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% Min: 0% 212
Max: 400%
regenerative. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 S3-25.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 20%
S3-26 DC Injection Gain in Motoring
(6A4H) Operation Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% Min: 0% 212
Max: 400%
motoring. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 S3-26.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 50%
S3-27 Torque Compensation Value with
Min: 100% 212
(6BDH) Load Condition 1 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation
Max: 100%
value for load condition 1.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 50%
S3-28 Torque Compensation Value with
Min: 100% 213
(6BEH) Load Condition 2 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation
Max: 100%
value for load condition 2.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 0.0%
S3-29 Analog Input from Load Cell with
Min: 100% 213
(6BFH) Load Condition 1 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level
Max: 100%
from the load cell for load condition 1.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly Default: 100.0%
S3-30 Analog Input from Load Cell with
Min: 100.0% 213
(6C0H) Load Condition 2 Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level
Max: 100%
from the load cell for load condition 2.
common_ Default: 0.0%
S3-34 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1 Min: 0.0% 213
(6C4H)
Sets the Anti-Rollback Bias applied at small position deviations during Position Lock at start. Max: 100.0%
common_ Default: 0.0%
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 327
B.3 Parameter Table
Determines how a speed limit should be applied to the Rescue Operation speed (d1-25) when Default: 2
S4-08 UPS Operation Speed Limit
operating from a UPS. Min: 0 215
(6CEH) Selection
0: Disabled Max: 2
1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete
2: Enabled until stop
common_ Default: 0 V
S4-12 DC Bus Voltage during Rescue All Modes TMonly Min: 0 V 215
(6D2H) Operation
Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation. Max: 800 V
common_ Default: 80%
S4-13 Rescue Operation Power Supply All Modes TMonly Min: 10% 215
(6D3H) Deterioration Detection Level
Determines at which level of backup power supply deterioration a PF5 fault is triggered. Max: 100%
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
Min: 0 A 102
(709H) (Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2) After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter
Max: Up to T1-04 <10>
will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the
no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
Default:
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip Sets the motor rated slip.
Min: 0.00 Hz 102
(70AH) (Stationary Auto-Tuning 2) After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor
slip for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test
Max: 20.00 Hz
B
report.
<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 329
B.3 Parameter Table
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<18> The variety of Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode setting. V/f Control allows T1-01 to be set to 2 or 3, while vector control
modes (OLV and CLV) allow T1-01 to be set to 0 through 4.
U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
U1: Operation Status Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page
common_
U1-01 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Speed Reference 10 V: Max frequency
(40H) <31>
Monitors the speed reference.
common_
U1-02 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Output Speed 10 V: Max frequency
(41H) <31>
Displays the output speed.
common_
U1-03 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated
Output Current <10>
(42H) current
Displays the output current.
330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
YEC_
com - Multi-Function
Digital Output
mon (terminal M1-M2)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M3-M4)
U1-11 Multi-Function No signal output
Output Terminal Status
(4AH) Digital Output available
(terminal M5-M6)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P1-C1)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P2-C2)
Not Used
Fault Relay
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA-MC open)
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 331
B.3 Parameter Table
U1-12
com - During zero-speed
During down direction No signal output
Drive Status
(4BH) mon During fault reset available
signal input
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm
detection
During fault detection
common_
U1-13 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Input Voltage 10 V: 100% 0.1%
(4EH) Displays the voltage input to terminal A1.
common_
U1-14 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Input Voltage 10 V: 100% 0.1%
(4FH)
Displays the voltage input to terminal A2.
common_
U1-16 All Modes TMonly 0.01%
Output Speed after Soft Start 10 V: Max frequency
(53H) <31>
Displays output speed with ramp time and jerk settings. Units determined by o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U1-17 DI-A3 Option Card Input Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card. No signal output
(58H) Status available
Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.
3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit
common_
U1-18 All Modes TMonly No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter
(61H) available
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE or Err (EEPROM write error) error.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
YEC_
com - CRC Error
Data Length Error
U1-19
(66H)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error
Code
mon Not Used
No signal output
available
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
common_
U1-25 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software Number (Flash)
(4DH) available
FLASH ID
common_
U1-26 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software No. (ROM)
(5BH) available
ROM ID
<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<12> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 kW units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 kW units.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-01 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Current Fault
(80H) available
Displays the current fault.
common_
U2-02 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Previous Fault
(81H) available
Displays the previous fault.
common_
U2-03 Speed Reference at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
(82H) Fault available <31>
Displays the speed reference at the previous fault.
332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-04 All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
Output Speed at Previous Fault
(83H) available <31>
Displays the output speed at the previous fault.
common_
U2-05 Output Current at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
<10>
(84H) Fault available
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
common_
U2-06 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output 0.01%
Motor Speed at Previous Fault
(85H) available <31>
Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
common_
U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 Vac
(86H) Fault available
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 Vdc
(87H) Fault available
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-09 Output Power at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 kW
(88H) Fault available
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
common_
U2-10 Torque Reference at Previous V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
0.1%
(89H) Fault available
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
common_
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(8AH) Previous Fault available
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
common_
U2-12 Output Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(8BH) Previous Fault available
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-13 Drive Operation Status at No signal output
(8CH) Previous Fault Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status available
displayed in U1-12.
common_
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h
(8DH) Previous Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-15 Soft Starter Output at Previous No signal output 0.01%
(7E0H) Fault Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way available <31>
as U1-16.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at No signal output
0.10%
(7E1H) Previous Fault Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way as available
U6-01.
common_
V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly
U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at No signal output
0.10%
(7E2H) Previous Fault Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed in the same way as available
U6-02.
common_
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1C
(8EH) Previous Fault available
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.
common_
U2-21 Peak Hold Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 A
(7E6H) Fault available
Displays the peak current that occurred just prior to the previous fault.
common_
U2-22 Peak Hold Frequency during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz
(7E7H) Fault available
Displays the output frequency when the peak current displayed in U2-21 occurred.
<10> Differs by drive capacity. Models CIMR-L2A0018 to 0033 and CIMR-L4A0009 to 0018 display values in 0.01 A units, while models
CIMR-L2A0047 to 0180 and CIMR-L4A0024 to 0150 display values in 0.1 A units.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U3-01 to
U3-04 common_
All Modes TMonly No signal output
(90H to 93H First to 4th Most Recent Fault
available
(800H to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
Parameter List
803H))
common_
All Modes TMonly
U3-05 to
U3-10 Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults. No signal output
5th to 10th Most Recent Fault
(804H to After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent available
809H) fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to
the next monitor parameter every time a fault occurs.
U3-11 to B
U3-14 common_
Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(94H to 97H 1h
1st to 4th Most Recent Fault available
(80AH to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
80DH))
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 333
B.3 Parameter Table
common_
U4-10 All Modes TMonly No signal output
kWh, Lower 4 Digits 1 kWh
(5CH) available
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two
monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-11 No signal output
kWh, Upper 5 Digits U4-10: 678.9 kWh 1 MWh
(5DH) available
U4-11: 12345 MWh
common_
U4-13 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Current 0.01 A
(7CFH) available
Displays the highest current value that occurred during a ride.
common_
U4-14 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Output Frequency 0.01 Hz
(7D0H) available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-16 Motor Overload Estimate
10 V: 100% 0.1%
(7D8H) (oL1) Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-17 Drive Overload Calculations
10 V = 100% 0.1%
(7D9H) (OL2) Displays the level of the drive overload detection (oL2). A value of 100% is equal to the oL2
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the speed reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
U4-18 Speed Reference Selection Y-nn: indicates the reference source No signal output
(7DAH) Results 0-01 = Digital operator available
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
2-02 to 8 = Digital Inputs (d1-02 to 8)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
common_
U4-19 Speed Reference from All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
(7DBH) MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. available <31>
Displays the speed reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).
334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U4-20 Speed Reference From Option All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01%
(7DCH) Card available <31>
Displays the speed reference input by an option card (decimal).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the Up/Down command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Up/Down command source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
U4-21 Up/Down Command Source 4 = Communication option card No signal output
(7DDH) Selection nn: Up/Down command limit status data available
00: No limit status.
01: Up/Down command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Up/Down command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for "Up/Down Command Prohibited" time period to end
05: Emergency Stop (multi-function input, operator)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Speed reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-22 MEMOBUS/Modbus No signal output
(7DEH) Communications Reference Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H available
as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-23 Communication Option Card All Modes TMonly No signal output
(7DFH) Reference available
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-24 Number of Travels All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 time
(7E6H) (Lower 4 digit) available
Displays the lower four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.
common_
U4-25 Number of Travels All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 time
(7E7H) (Higher 4 digit) available
Displays the upper four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.
common_
U4-26 Max. Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A
(7E8H) Acceleration available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during acceleration.
common_
U4-27 Max. Current during All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A
(7E9H) Deceleration available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during deceleration.
common_
U4-28 Max. Current during Constant All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A
(7EAH) Speed available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at top speed.
common_
U4-29 Max. Current during Leveling All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 A
(7EDH) Speed available
Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at leveling speed.
common_
U4-30 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
Slip Compensation Value 0.01%
(7EEH) available
Shows the slip compensation value.
common_
U4-31 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TMonly No signal output
Car Acceleration Rate 0.01 m/s2
(7EFH) available
Shows the car acceleration rate.
common_
Speed Reference Limit at All Modes TMonly
U4-40 No signal output
1%
(7FDH) Rescue Operation Displays the speed limit for Rescue Operation based on how much power the backup battery or available
UPS has. Displays 0% when Rescue Operation is not being performed.
<31> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4
or 5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_10 V: Motor
U6-01 All Modes TMonly
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) secondary rated 0.1%
(51H)
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%. current
common_
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 335
B.3 Parameter Table
336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 337
B.5 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)
338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)
<1> Automatically calculated according to the values set to o1-20, o1-21, o1-22, and E2-/E5- parameters.
<2> Automatically calculated according to the values set to the E2-/E5- parameters.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 339
B.6 Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)
340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 341
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
Slave (Drive)
YEC_common
342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.2 Communication Specifications
Item Specifications
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds Available 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Data length 8 bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters
Parity Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed)
Protocol MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
Max Number of Slaves 255 drives
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 343
C.3 Connecting to a Network
YEC_ IG R+ R- S+ S-
TMon
ly S
S+
Send ()
Send (+)
P M
R Receive ()
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground
R S Drive
R+ S+
PLC S R S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S Drive
S+
R S2
R+
IG OFF
S Drive
S+
R
common_
S2
R+ ON
IG
TMonly
Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.3 Connecting to a Network
RS-422 Interface
Figure C.4
R S Drive
R+ S+
PLC S R S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S Drive
S+
R S2
R+
IG OFF
S Drive
S+
R
R+
IG
S2
ON common_
TMonly
Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination
resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the
termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not
located at the network line end.
Figure C.5 illustrates the setting of DIP switch S2.
To set the DIP switch on the terminal board, use an appropriate sized tool with a tip of approximately 8 mm in width.
Figure C.5
S-
DIP Switch S2 -
S+
YEC_TM OFF ON RS-422 +
only or
RS-485 R-
DIP
switch
R+ S2
(OFF: default)
Termination resistor (1/2 W, 110 )
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 345
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
For serial communications to work, each individual slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address. Setting H5-01
to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave address dont need to be assigned in sequential
order, but each address needs to be unique so that no two drives have the same address.
H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered
and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
common_
TMonly
24 bit length H5-06 setting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 347
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
Refer to b1-01: Speed Reference Selection on page 136 and Refer to b1-02: Up/Down Command Selection on
page 137 for details on operation mode parameter selections.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 349
C.6 Communications Timing
common_
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
TMonly
Figure C.7 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
A timer should be set in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no
response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
common_
24 bit length H5-06 TMonly
setting
350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.7 Message Format
SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK
Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a
message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves
do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.
Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.
Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test)
and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Therefore data written into drive registers
must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.
Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure
described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value
received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
1. The starting value is FFFFH.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 351
C.7 Message Format
The example in Table C.3 shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding
the result 40D1H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the
calculation.
Table C.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow
Initial Value (FFFFH) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Function Code 03H 0000 0000 0000 0011
Address 02H 0000 0000 0000 0010 XOR w result 1000 0001 0011 1101
XOR w initial value 1111 1111 1111 1101 Shift 1 0100 0000 1001 1110 1
Shift 1 0111 1111 1111 1110 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1110 0000 1001 1111
XOR result 1101 1111 1111 1111 Shift 2 0111 0000 0100 1111 1
Shift 2 0110 1111 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1101 0000 0100 1110
XOR result 1100 1111 1111 1110 Shift 3 0110 1000 0010 0111 0
Shift 3 0110 0111 1111 1111 0 Shift 4 0011 0100 0001 0011 1
Shift 4 0011 0011 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1001 0100 0001 0010
XOR result 1001 0011 1111 1110 Shift 5 0100 1010 0000 1001 0
Shift 5 0100 1001 1111 1111 0 Shift 6 0010 0101 0000 0100 1
Shift 6 0010 0100 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1000 0101 0000 0101
XOR result 1000 0100 1111 1110 Shift 7 0100 0010 1000 0010 1
Shift 7 0100 0010 0111 1111 0 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
Shift 8 0010 0001 0011 1111 1 XOR result 1110 0010 1000 0011
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 Shift 8 0111 0001 0100 0001 1
XOR result 1000 0001 0011 1110 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR result 1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
D140H
Continue from here with next data.
Response Data
To be sure that the data is valid, perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above.
Compare the result to the CRC-16 checksum that was received within the response message. Both should match.
352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.8 Message Examples
Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test. This test returns a response message with exactly the same content as the
command message and can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and
data values can be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 353
C.8 Message Examples
Note: For the number of bytes in the command message, take double the number of the data quantity.
354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 355
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.
356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 357
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 359
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 361
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not
respond.
0025H Control fault (CF) 0138H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
Communications
0026H Position Lock Error (SvE) 0139H Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
0027H Option External Fault (EF0) 013AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
0029H Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 013BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
002AH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) 013CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
0030H Hardware Fault (including oFx) 013DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
0032H Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1) 013EH Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
0033H Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2) 0201H Option Connection Error (oFb01) C
0034H Inversion Detection (dv3) 0202H Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 363
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.10 Enter Command
Note: Because the EEPROM can be written to a maximum of 100,000 times, refrain from writing to the EEPROM too often. The Enter
command registers are write-only. Consequently, if these registers are read, then the register address will be invalid (Error code:
02H). An Enter command is not required if reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 365
C.11 Communication Errors
Error Name
Error Code
Cause
Function Code Error
01H
Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
02H A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
03H Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
In a write message, the Number of Data Items contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words (i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data
2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
21H Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
22H During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05, E1-03, or o2-04.
Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
23H
During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
24H
Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.
366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-
diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait
at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
YEC_TMonly
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 367
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: D
Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 369
D.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not carelessly connect parts or devices to the drives braking transistor terminals.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 371
D.2 European Standards
372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-L
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0015 FWH-80B 80
4A0018 FWH-100B 100
4A0024 FWH-125B 125
4A0031 FWH-200B 200
4A0039 FWH-250A 250
4A0045 FWH-250A 250
4A0060 FWH-250A 250
4A0075 FWH-250A 250
4A0091 FWH-250A 250
4A0112 FWH-350A 350
4A0150 FWH-400A 400
Grounding
The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of
grounded systems, contact your Yaskawa representative for instructions.
Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal
manufacturer for crimping.
A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M
W/T3 W
E
A Drive D Metal conduit
B 10 m max cable length between drive and motor E Ground wire should be as short as possible.
C Motor
Figure D.2 Installation Method
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 373
D.2 European Standards
5. Ground the largest possible surface area of the shield to the metal conduit when using braided shield cable.
Yaskawa recommends using a cable clamp.
Figure D.3
C B
A Braided shield cable C Cable clamp (conductive)
B Metal panel
Figure D.3 Ground Area
6. Connect a AC or DC reactor to minimize harmonic distortion.
Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class
Figure D.4
L3
YEC_common
L2 Make sure the ground wire is grounded
L1
PE
Enclosure panel
Metal plate
Grounding surface
(remove any paint or sealant)
L3 L2 L1
Drive
Ground plate
(scrape off any visible paint)
Figure D.4 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class)
374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
EMC Filters
The drive should be installed with the EMC filters listed below in order to comply with the EN61800-3/EN12015
requirements.
Note: If the Safe Disable function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a safe stop
according to EN60204-1, stop category 0, use only filters manufactured by Schaffner as listed below. This also applies when
using the safe disable function in one motor contactor installations as described in Safe Disable Input Function on page 380.
Table D.2 EN61800-3 Filters
Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)
Model Dimensions
CIMR-L Weight
Type Rated Current (A) [W x H x D] YxX Figure
(kg) (mm)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0018
2A0025 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 355 50 175 336
1
2A0033
2A0047
FS5972-60-07 60 4.0 236 408 65 205 390
2A0060
2A0075
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 330 150 65 255
2A0085
2
2A0115
FS5972-170-40 170 6.0 120 451 170 102 365
2A0145
2A0180 FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 610 240 90 498
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0009
FS5972-18-07 18 1.7 141 330 46 115 313
4A0015
4A0018
4A0024 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 355 50 175 336 1
4A0031
4A0039
4A0045 FS5972-60-07 60 4 236 408 65 202 390
4A0060
4A0075
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 330 150 65 255
4A0091 2
4A0112
FS5972-170-40 170 4.7 120 451 170 102 365
4A0150
Figure D.5
PE
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
L1 L2 L3
LINE
L1 L2 L3
LINE
ZSNFS5972-250-37
ZSN3x480/275V 50/60Hz
250A@45C 25/100/21
LINE
FS 5972 - 60 - 07
3x480/275VAC 50/60Hz
60A@45C 25/100/21
MADE IN ........
H
X
LOAD
ZSN1234567 / 01 / 0840R
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
PE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 375
D.3 UL Standards
D.3 UL Standards
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product
testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to
receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.
Figure D.6
UL Standards Compliance
This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. The conditions
described below must be met to maintain compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment:
Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution severity 2 (UL standard).
Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Cable Connectors
Yaskawa recommends using UL-listed copper wires (rated at 75C), and closed-loop connectors or CSA-certified ring
connectors sized for the selected wire gauge to maintain proper clearances when wiring the drive. Use the correct crimp
tool to install connectors per manufacturer recommendation. Table D.3 lists a suitable closed-loop connector
manufactured by JST Corporation.
Table D.3 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size (JIS C 2805) (same for 200 V and 400 V)
Wire Gauge Terminal Crimp Terminal Tightening Torque
mm2 (AWG) Screws Model Numbers N m (lb to in.)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
0.75 (18)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R1.25-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
1.25 (16)
M4 R1.25-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M3.5 R2-3.5 0.8 to 1.0 (7.1 to 8.9)
M4 R2-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
2 (14)
M5 R2-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
M6 R2-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M4 R5.5-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R5.5-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
3.5/5.5 (12/10)
M6 R5.5-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R5.5-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 8-4 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R8-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
8 (8)
M6 R8-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R8-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M4 14-4 <1> 1.2 to 1.5 (10.6 to 13.3)
M5 R14-5 2.0 to 2.5 (17.7 to 22.1)
14 (6)
M6 R14-6 4.0 to 5.0 (35.4 to 44.3)
M8 R14-8 9.0 to 11.0 (79.7 to 97.4)
M10 R22-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
22 (4)
M12 R22-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
30/38 (3/2) M12 R38-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
50/60 (1/ 1/0) M12 R60-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
80 (2/0) M12 R80-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
100 (4/0) M12 R100-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 150-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
150 (250/300MCM)
M12 150-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
M10 200-10 18.0 to 23.0 (159.0 to 204.0)
200 (400MCM)
M12 R200-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
325 (600/650MCM) M12 325-12 32.0 to 40.0 (284.0 to 354.0)
<1> Use the specified crimp terminals (Model 14-NK4) when using CIMR-L2A0025, 2A0033, 4A0015, and 4A0018 with 14 mm2 (6 AWG).
376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
Note: 1. Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable
temperature of 75C 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation.
2. In the drives CIMR-L2A0145, -0180, and CIMR-L4A0112, -0150, the wire bending space (space between terminals and cable
entry point) provided is smaller than recommended in the IEC61800-5-1.
Input Fuse Installation
The installation manual specifies that branch circuit protection should be provided by any of the following:
Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input rating
Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating
Time-delay Class RK5 fuses sized at 225% of the drive input rating
Table D.4 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-L
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0018 FWH-90B 90
2A0025 FWH-100B 100
2A0033 FWH-200B 200
2A0047 FWH-200B 200
2A0060 FWH-200B 200
2A0075 FWH-300A 300
2A0085 FWH-300A 300
2A0115 FWH-350A 350
2A0145 FWH-400A 400
2A0180 FWH-400A 400
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0015 FWH-80B 80
4A0018 FWH-100B 100
4A0024 FWH-125B 125
4A0031 FWH-200B 200
4A0039 FWH-250A 250
4A0045 FWH-250A 250
4A0060 FWH-250A 250
4A0075 FWH-250A 250
4A0091 FWH-250A 250
4A0112 FWH-350A 350
4A0150 FWH-400A 400
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 377
D.3 UL Standards
When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 3, 5) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another
motor overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which
shuts off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually
calculated as long as the drive is powered up.
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is
running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01/E5-03) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can
shift the set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.
378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
Figure D.7
Time (min)
10
7
3
Cold Start
1
0.4
Hot Start
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 379
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Specifications
The Safe Disable inputs provide a stop function in compliance with Stop Category 0 as defined in the EN60204-1
(uncontrolled stop by power removal), and Safe Torque Off as defined in the IEC61800-5-2. Safe Disable inputs have
been designed to meet the requirements of the EN954-1/ISO13849-1, Category 3 and IEC61508, SIL2.
A Safe Disable Status Monitor for error detection in the safety circuit is also provided.
Note: The function safety approval of the drives CIMR-L2A0145, -0180, and CIMR-L4A0112, -0150 is pending. The Safe
Disable input function of these drives should not be used for safety relevant circuits (EN81-1 conform circuit with one motor
contactor).
Two Safe Disable inputs and 1 EDM output according to EN61800-5-1, EN954-1/ISO13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN61508
Inputs / Outputs
SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
Operation Time Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms.
Demand Rate Low PFD = 5.15E-5
Failure Probability Demand Rate High or
PFH = 1.2E-9
Continuous
The Safe Disable feature satisfies all requirements of performance level d (PLd) as defined by ISO13849-1 (this
Performance Level
includes DC from EDM).
Precautions
DANGER! Improper use of the Safe Disable function can result in serious injury or even death. Make sure the whole system or
machinery that the Safe Disable function is used in complies with safety requirements.
DANGER! When using a PM motor, even if the drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function, a break down of two output
transistors can cause current to flow through the motor winding, resulting in a rotor movement for a maximum angle of 180 degree
(electrically). Make sure such a situation would have no effect on the safety of the application when using the Safe Disable function.
This is not a concern with induction motors.
DANGER! The Safe Disable function can switch off the drive output, but does not cut the drive power supply and cannot electrically
isolate the drive output from the input. Always shut off the drive power supply when performing maintenance or installations on the
drive input side as well as the drive output side.
DANGER! When using the Safe Disable inputs, make sure to remove the wire links between terminals H1, H2, and HC that were
installed prior to shipment. Failing to do so will keep the Safe Disable circuit from operating properly and can cause injury or even
death.
DANGER! All safety features (including Safe Disable) should be inspected periodically. If the system is not operating normally, there is
a risk of serious personal injury.
DANGER! Only a qualified technician with a thorough understanding of the drive, the instruction manual, and safety standards should
be permitted to wire, inspect, and maintain the Safe Disable input.
NOTICE: From the moment terminal inputs H1 and H2 have opened, it takes up to 1 ms for drive output to shut off completely. The
sequence set up to trigger terminals H1 and H2 should make sure that both terminals remain open for at least 1 ms in order to properly
interrupt drive output.
NOTICE: The Safe Disable Monitor (output terminals DM+ and DM) should not be used for any other purpose than to monitor the
Safe Disable status or to discover a malfunction in the Safe Disable inputs. The monitor output is not considered a safe output.
NOTICE: When utilizing the Safe Disable function, use only the EMC filters recommended in EMC Filter Installation on page 373.
380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Figure D.8
Main Power
24 Vdc Control
Safety Relay or PLC HC Circuit
with safety functionality
Safety Jumper S3
Outputs Setting:
Feedback
SOURCE
H1 Gate Block 1
N Power Module P
H2 Gate Block 2
DM+
>=1
DM-
Drive
Motor coasts
Output to stop
Frequency
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 381
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Safe Disable Input Status Safe Disable Status Safe Disable Status
Monitor, Monitor, Drive Output Status Digital Operator Display
Input 1, H1-HC Input 2, H2-HC DM+ - DM H2- = 58
Off Off Off On Safely disabled, Safe Torque Off Hbb (flashes)
On Off On On Safely disabled, Safe Torque Off HbbF (flashes)
Off On On On Safely disabled, Safe Torque Off HbbF (flashes)
On On On Off Baseblock, ready for operation Normal display
382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Safety Chain
Circuit
Elevator Controller
K01
24 Vdc
K1
Drive H1 H2 HC Up/Down;
Speed selection; ...
K2
M
Note: 1. The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case the brake should apply
immediately in order to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator.
2. The drive output can only be activated when neither an Up nor a Down command is active, i.e. terminals H1 and H2 must be closed
prior to setting the Up/Down command.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 383
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: E
The following tables have been provided for the users convenience. Fill in the cells that have
been left blank as is appropriate for your drive, and keep this information as a quick reference
guide to drive and motor data as well as parameter settings
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 385
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications
Items Description
Model CIMR-L
Serial Number
Date of Usage
Motor
Induction Motor
Manufacturer Resolution
Interface
386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record
Quick Reference
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 387 E
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
A1-00 C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit
Language Selection
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
A1-01 C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Access Level Selection
C4-01
A1-02 Control Method Selection Torque Compensation Gain
A1-03 Initialize Parameters C4-02
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
A1-04 Password
A1-05 Password Setting C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start
A2-01 to C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
User Parameters, 1 to 32
A2-32 C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection C5-01
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain 1
b1-01 Speed Reference Selection
b1-02 Up/Down Command Selection C5-02
Speed Control Loop Integral Time 1
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection
388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
d1-24 F4-04
Inspection Operation Speed Terminal V2 Gain
d1-25 F4-05
Rescue Operation Speed Terminal V1 Bias
d1-26 F4-06
Leveling Speed Terminal V2 Bias
d1-28 Leveling Speed Detection Level F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level Selection
d1-29 Inspection Speed Detection Level F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level Selection
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection
d6-06 Field Forcing Limit F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection
E1-04 Maximum output speed F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection
E1-05 Maximum Voltage F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection
E1-06 Base Frequency F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency F6-01 Operation Selection after Communications Error
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 External Fault from Communication Option Operation
F6-03
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 Selection
E2-01 Motor Rated Current F6-06 Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation H1-08 Terminal S8 Function Selection
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (Single Phase) H2-05 Terminal P2-C2 Function Selection (photocoupler)
F4-02
Terminal V1 Gain H5-02 Communication Speed Selection
F4-03 Terminal V2 Function Selection H5-03 Communication Parity Selection
H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 389 E
E.3 User Setting Table
H5-07 RTS Control Selection n8-32 d-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation
H5-09 CE Detection Time d-Axis Current Control Integral Time during Normal
n8-33
Operation
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection
n8-36 High Frequency Injection Level
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
n8-37 High Frequency Injection Amplitude
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
n8-81 High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
High Frequency Injection Amplitude during Rescue
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration n8-82
Operation
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration n8-84 Polarity Detection Current
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run n8-86 Magnet Pole Search Error Detection Selection
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run n9-60 A/D Conversion Start Delay
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level o1-01
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) o1-02
User Monitor Selection After Power Up
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Unit Selection
L4-05 Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection
o1-04 V/f Pattern Setting Units
L4-06 Speed Reference at Reference Loss
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
L4-13 Door Zone Level
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
L5-02 Fault Output Operation during Auto Restart
o1-20 Traction Sheave Diameter
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time
o1-21 Roping Ratio
L5-06 Under Voltage Fault Restart Selection
o1-22 Mechanical Gear Ratio
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1
o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2
o2-04 Drive Model Selection
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2
o2-05 Speed Reference Setting Method Selection
L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
L7-01 Forward Torque Limit o2-06
Disconnected
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit
o3-01 Copy Function Selection
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting
L8-06 Input Phase Loss Detection Level
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
o4-13 Number of Travels Counter Reset
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting
S1-01 Zero Speed Level at Stop
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
S1-02 DC Injection Current at Start
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain
S1-03 DC Injection Current at Stop
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
S1-04 DC Injection Position Lock Time at Start
L8-35 Installation Selection
S1-05 DC Injection Position Lock Time at Stop
L8-38 Automatic Torque Boost Selection
S1-06 Brake Release Delay Time
L8-39 Reduced Carrier Frequency
S1-07 Brake Close Delay Time
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor Protection
S1-10 Run Command Delay Time
L8-62 Operation Selection at Input Phase Loss
S1-11 Output Contactor Open Delay Time
L8-77 Oscillation Suppression
S2-01 Motor Rated Speed
L8-88 Safe Disable Operation Mode
S2-02
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode
n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 S2-03
Slip Compensation Gain in Regenerative Mode
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2
n5-01 Inertia Compensation Selection S2-05 Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time S2-06 Slip Compensation Torque Detection Filter Time Constant
n5-03 Inertia Compensation Gain S3-01
Position Lock Gain at Start 1
n6-01 Online Tuning Selection
S3-02
n6-05 Online Tuning Gain Position Lock Gain at Start 2 (Anti-Rollback Gain)
n8-01 Initial Polarity Estimation Current S3-03
Position Lock Gain at Stop
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current
n8-29 q-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal Operation S3-04 Position Lock Bandwidth
S3-10 Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time
390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User
No. Name
Setting
S3-12 Starting Torque Compensation Bias in Down Direction
S3-14 Torque Compensation Fade Out Speed
S3-15 Torque Compensation Fade Out Time
S3-16 Torque Limit Reduction Time
S3-25 DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation
S3-26 DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation
S3-27 Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1
S3-28 Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2
S3-29 Analog Input from Load Cell with Load Condition 1
S3-30 Analog Input from Load Cell with Load Condition 2
S3-34 Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1
S3-35 Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2
Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque
S3-37
Bias 1
Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque
S3-38
Bias 2
S3-39 Anti-Rollback Integral Gain
S3-40 Anti-Rollback Movement Detection
S3-41 Position Lock Gain at Start Reduction
S4-01 Light Load Direction Search Selection
S4-02 Light Load Direction Search Method
S4-03 Light Load Direction Search Time
S4-04 Light Load Direction Search Speed Reference
S4-05 Rescue Operation Torque Limit
S4-06 Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection
S4-07 UPS Power
S4-08 UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection
S4-12 DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation
Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Detection
S4-13
Level
S5-01 Short Floor Operation Selection
S5-02 Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation
Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) Detection/Reset
S6-01
Selection
S6-02 Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time
S6-04 Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time
S6-05 Brake Response Error (SE4) Detection Time
S6-10 Over acceleration Detection Level
S6-11 Over acceleration Detection Time
S6-12 Over acceleration Detection Selection
S6-15 Speed Reference Loss Detection
S6-16 Restart after Baseblock Selection
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T1-02 Motor Rated Power
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
T1-04 Motor Rated Current
T1-05 Motor Base Frequency
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles
T1-07 Motor Base Speed
T1-08 Encoder Resolution (pulses per revolution)
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current (Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2)
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip (Stationary Auto-Tuning 2)
T2-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T2-04 Motor Rated Power
T2-05 Motor Rated Voltage
T2-06 Motor Rated Current
T2-08 Number of Motor Poles
T2-09 Motor Base Speed
T2-10 Single Phase Stator Resistance
T2-11 Motor d-Axis Inductance
T2-12 Motor q-Axis Inductance
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
T2-14 Motor Induced Voltage Constant
Quick Reference
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 391 E
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98, 100
Auto-Tuning Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
CE Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Copy Allowed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Copy Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Closed Loop Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Copy Function Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Closed Loop Vector control for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Copy Unit Error (CSEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 281 CopyUnitManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CN5-B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 281 CPEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
CN5-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 281 CPF00, CPF01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Coast to Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 CPF02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 CPF03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Command Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 CPF06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 CPF07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Common Problem during Setup and Possible Solutions . . . . . 125 CPF08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Communication Error (iFEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 CPF20, CPF21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 CPF22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Communication Fault Detection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 CPF23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 CPF24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Communication Option Node ID Setting Error CPF26 to CPF34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
(CANopen) (AEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 CPyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Communication Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 CRC-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Communication Parity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Communication Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Crimp Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Communications Enter Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 CrST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 CSEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing) (vrFy) . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Cumulative Fan Operation Time as a Percentage
Complementary PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 of the Specified Maintenance Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Cumulative Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Connecting a DC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Cumulative Operation Time of the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Connecting a Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Cumulative Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Connecting a Suppression Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Cumulative Time the Capacitors are Used as
Connecting a Surge Absorber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 a Percentage of the Specified Maintenance Period. . . . . . . . . . 261
Connecting an AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Current Detection Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Connecting Braking Units in Parallel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Current Detection Error (Er-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Connecting the Drive and Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Cyclic Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Connecting to a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 D
Connecting to a PC (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
d-Axis Current Control Gain during Normal
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Control Board Connection Error (CPF03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
d-Axis Current Control Integral Time
Control Board Connection Error (CPF23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
during Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Control Circuit Error (CPF00, CPF01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Daily Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Control Circuit Error (CPF20, CPF21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
DC Bus Overvoltage (ov) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
Control Circuit Error (CPF26 to CPF34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control Circuit Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DC Bus Undervoltage (Uv1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 238
Control Circuit Output Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DC Injection Current at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DC Injection Current at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Control Dial for Frequency Setting Potentiometer. . . . . . . . . . 278
DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Control Fault (CF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
DC Injection Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Control Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
DC Injection Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . 337
DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Control Mode Mismatch (CPEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Deceleration Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 91
Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection
Control Mode Selection Error (oPE06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
(o1-03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Control Modes and their Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 335
dEv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 241
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
dEv Detection Condition Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Control Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
dFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 263
DI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Cooling Fan Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
DI-A3 Option Card Data Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
DI-A3 Option Card Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Cooling Fan Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
DI-A3 Option Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Cooling Fan Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . 176
Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 279
CoPy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 393
Digital Input Card Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 dv8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Digital Input Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Digital Input Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Dwell Speed, Dwell Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Digital Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply E
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
E (G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 79, 80
E-Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Digital Operator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
EEPROM Data Error (CPF06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Digital Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
EEPROM Write Error (Err) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools . . . . 40
EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
EF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Digital Operator Remote Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
EF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
EF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Digital Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
EF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
EF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Digital Text Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Dimensions for IP00 Enclosure
EF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electric Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Dimensions for NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Elevator units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance . . . . . . 374
DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 72, 345
EMC Filter Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Disabling and Enabling the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
EMC Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
DM+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
EMC Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
DM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
EMC Guidelines Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
DO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Emergency Stop (N.O., N.C.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
DO-A3 Option Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Emergency Stop Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Door Zone Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Emergency Stop Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Door Zone Reached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
EN61800-3 C2 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Drive Capacity Setting Fault (oPE01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
EN81-1 Conform Circuit with one Motor Contactor . . . . . . . . 382
Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Encoder 1 Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Encoder 1 Rotation Derection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational
Encoder Communication Data Error (oFC53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Encoder Communication Timeout (oFC52) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 85
Encoder Disconnected (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
Drive Model Mismatch (dFPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Encoder Disconnected (PGoH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
Drive Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Encoder Error (oFC54). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Encoder Feedback Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Drive Overload (oL2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 97
Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Encoder Offset Compensation Error (Er-21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Encoder Offset for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Drive Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Encoder Option AD Conversion Error (oFC50) . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Drive Short-Circuit Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Encoder Option Analog Circuit Error (oFC51) . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Drive Slave Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Encoder Resolution Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Encoder Rotation Direction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Drive Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Encoder Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Drive Transmit Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Encoder Z Pulse Fault (dv1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Encoder Z Pulse Phase Fault Detection (dv2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Drive Watt Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Encoder Z-Pulse Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
DriveWizard Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 279
End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Droop Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
End1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
DRV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
End10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
During Baseblock (N.C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
End2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Baseblock (N.O.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
End3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Down Direction (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 174
End4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Frequency Output (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . 175
End5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Regeneration (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 175
End6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
End7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
During Torque Limit (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 175
End8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
dv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
End9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
dv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Energy Saving Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
dv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Energy Savings Constants Error (oPE16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
dv3 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
dv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Enter Command Necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
dv4 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Enter Command not Necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
dv6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . 365
dv7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Formula to Calculate the Amount of Voltage Drop . . . . . . . . . . 59
Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Entering the "Safe Torque Off" State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Forward Torque Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Er-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 FOUT LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Er-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Er-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Er-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Meter / Ammeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Er-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Meter Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Er-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Reference Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Er-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Frequency Setting Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Er-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Frequency Setting Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Er-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Frequency Setting Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Er-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 FrL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Er-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Er-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Front Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Er-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Function Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Er-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Functions for Terminals S3 to S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Er-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278, 288
Er-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Fuse Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Er-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 G
Err . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays . . 289
Error Reading Data (rdEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
General Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Error Writing Data (CPyE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function . . . . . . . 228
Ground Fault (GF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Ground Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . 160
Ground Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Excessive V/f Setting (End1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 H
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
External 24 Vdc Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
External fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Hbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
External Fault (input terminal S3) (EF3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 HbbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
External Fault (input terminal S4) (EF4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
External Fault (input terminal S5) (EF5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 HCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
External Fault (input terminal S6) (EF6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
External Fault (input terminal S7) (EF7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
External Fault (input terminal S8) (EF8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241 Heatsink Overheat (oH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 242
External Fault from Communication Option Detection Heatsink Overheat (oH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
High Current Alarm (HCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
F
High Frequency Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
F-Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
High Frequency Injection Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Fan Connector (CN6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
High Frequency Injection Amplitude
Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 263
during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Fan Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 270
High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . 201
Fan Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
High Frequency Injection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 270
High Speed Limit Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Fault (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
High Speed Limit Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Fault Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
High Speed Reference Has Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 333
Hot Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Fault Output Operation during Auto Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 I
Fault Reset Command Active (Multi-Function Digital iFEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 IGBT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 IGBT Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 332 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (LT-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Fault Trace / History Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Fault Trace Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Induced Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 225 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ferrule Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Inductance Error (Er-19). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Induction Voltage Error (Er-18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Inertia Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 197
Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Inertia Compensation Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Flux Position Detection (sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Inertia Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Initial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 395
Initial Polarity Estimation Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Leveling Speed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Initial Rotor Pole Search Error (Er-22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Leveling Speed Reference Has Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 LF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Initialize Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 133, 205 Light Load Direction (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . 176
Input Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294 Light Load Direction Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288, 377 Light Load Direction Search Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Input Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Line Driver PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Input Phase Loss (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . . 176 Line-to-Line Resistance Error (Er-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Input Phase Loss (PF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 LO/RE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 88
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection . . . . . . . 205
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294 LO/RE LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Input Voltage Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 LO/RE Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Input-Side Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 LOCAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 260 Loopback Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Inspection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Inspection Operation Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Inspection Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . 377
Inspection Operation Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 LT-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 261
Inspection Speed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 LT-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 261
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 LT-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 261
Installation Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 LT-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 261
Installation Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 M
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
M1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installation Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
M3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
M4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side . . . 285
M5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB). . . . . . . . . 284
M6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay . . . . . . . . . . 289
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing an Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) . . . . . . . 285
Magnet Pole Search Error Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Magnetic Contactor (Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Installing the Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264, 266, 271
Magnetic Flux Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Intermediate Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Internal Braking Transistor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 63
IP00 Enclosure Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Main Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
IP20 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
J Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Jerk at Accel End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Main Circuit Terminal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 376
Jerk at Accel Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Jerk at Decel End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261, 262
Jerk at Decel Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Maintenance Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Jerk below Leveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 334
Jumper S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 69 Maintenance Period (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . 175
K Maintenance Period Reached by the IGBTs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Max. Current during Leveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Max. Motor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
kWh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
kWh Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Maximum Output Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
kWh Monitor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Maximum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
L MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
L1000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Language Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Measuring Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
LCD Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Mechanical Gear Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Leakage Inductance Alarm (End6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE). . . . . . 229, 241
Leakage Inductance Error (Er-13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
LED Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
LED Operator MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 MEMOBUS/Modbus Self Test Failed (SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 MEMOBUS/Modbus Self Test Successful (PASS) . . . . . . . . . 243
LED Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Leveling Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
396 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Multi-Function Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Multi-Function Terminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Multi-Speed Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Multi-Speed References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Meter Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Multiple Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Multiple Drive Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Minor Fault (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 N
Minor Fault and Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Minor Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 226
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ndAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch (ndAT) . . . . . . . . . 251
NEMA 1 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Molded Case Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Monitor Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
No-Load Current Alarm (End7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
No-Load Current Error (Er-05). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Motor Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Noise From the Drive or Output Lines When the Drive
Motor Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
is Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Motor Base Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Nominal Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Motor Contactor Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Non-rotating Encoder Offset Tuning Warning (Er-23). . . . . . . 250
Motor Contactor Responce Error (SE1) Detection/Reset
Not Zero Speed (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . 176
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Number of Auto Restart Attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Motor d-Axis Inductance for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Number of Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Motor Data Error (Er-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Number of PM Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Motor Direction Error (Er-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Number of Travels Counter Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Motor Does Not Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 for PM motors . . . . . . . . 159 O
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 for PM motors . . . . . . . . 159 oC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 oFA00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (End2). . . . . . . . . . . . 247 oFA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFA05, oFA06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFA10, oFA11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 oFA12 to oFA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFA30 to oFA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFb00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Mechanical Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFb01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 155 oFb02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Overload (oL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 oFb03 to oFb11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Overload Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 378 oFb12 to oFb17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Overload Protection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 378 oFC00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 oFC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Motor Pole Search Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . 176 oFC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Poles for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 oFC03 to oFC11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Poles for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 oFC12 to oFC17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 oFC50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor q-Axis Inductance for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 oFC51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Rated Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 155, 378 oFC52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Rated Current for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 oFC53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Rated Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 157 oFC54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Rated Power for PM motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 oH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 242
Motor Rated Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 155 oH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Motor Rated Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 oL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Motor Rotation Direction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 oL1 Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Motor Speed Fault (Er-11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 oL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Motor Stator Resistance for PM motors (Single Phase). . . . . . 158 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 oL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
Mounting Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34 oL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
Multi-function Analog Input Selection Error (oPE07). . . . . . . 245 Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Online Tuning Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 oPE01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Multi-function Digital Input Selection Error (oPE03) . . . . . . . 245 oPE02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 166 oPE03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Multi-Function Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 oPE04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . 169 oPE04 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 oPE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Multi-Function Photocoupler Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 oPE06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 397
oPE07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Overheat Alarm Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
oPE08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
oPE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295, 378
oPE16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Overload Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
oPE18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Overload Tolerance for Internal Braking Transistor . . . . . . . . 196
oPE20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Overspeed (oS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Overspeed Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Operation Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Overspeed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Operation Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 227 Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
Operation Selection after Communications Error . . . . . . . . . . 164 Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
Operation Selection at Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 P
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected. . 206
P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 330
Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Operator Connection Fault (oPr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Operator Function Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Parameter Range Setting Error (oPE02). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Parameter Selection Error (oPE08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
oPr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Parameter Setting Error (oPE18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Option Card Connection Error (oFA01). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Parameter Settings in the Drive and Those Saved to
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port
the Copy Function are not the Same (vFyE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
CN5-C (oFC00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
PASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Option Card Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-A
Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
(oFA05, oFA06, oFA10, oFA11, oFA12 to oFA17,
Password Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
oFA30 to oFA43) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . 261
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-B
Performance Life of the Inrush Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
(oFb03 to oFb11, oFb12 to oFb17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-C
Periodic Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
(oFC03 to oFC11, oFC12 to oFC17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Option Card External Fault (EF0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 241
Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 278
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B (oFb00). . . . . . . . . . 234
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B (oFb01). . . . . . . . . . 234
PF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B (oFb02). . . . . . . . . . 234
PG Feedback Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C (oFC01) . . . . . . . . . 234
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C (oFC02) . . . . . . . . . 235
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor
Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Option Card Not Supported (oFA00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Option Communication Error (bUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 240
PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Option Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
PG-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
PG-E3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
oS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 243
PG-F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Output Contactor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
PG-X3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Output Contactor Open Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
PG1 Pulse Monitor Output Division Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Output Current Error (SE3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
PGo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . 217
PGoH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
Output Current Imbalance (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PGoH Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Phase Order Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Output Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Photocoupler and Contact Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Output Phase Loss (LF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Output Phase Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
PM Motor Base Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Output Speed Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Output Speed Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Output Terminal FM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Output Voltage Detection Error (voF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 244
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Output Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
PM Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
PM Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Output Voltage Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
PM Motor Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Output-Side Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
ov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 243
PM Motor Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Overacceleration Detection (dv6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
PM Rotor Position Estimation Error (dv8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Overacceleration Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Polarity Detection Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Overacceleration Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Port CN19 cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Overacceleration Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Position Deviation Level to Apply Torque Bias 1 . . . . . . . . . . 213
Overcurrent (oC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Position Deviation Level to Apply Torque Bias 2 . . . . . . . . . . 213
Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
398 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Position Lock Completion Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Position Lock Deviation Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Error (PF5) . . 237
Position Lock Error (SvE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Position Lock Gain at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Rescue Operation Rotor Polarity Detection Warning (End10). 248
Position Lock Gain at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Rescue Operation Rotor Pole Position Search Warning (End9) 248
Position Lock Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Rescue Operation Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Position Lock Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Rescue Operation Speed Warning (End8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Rescue Operation Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 215
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Reset Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Resistance Tuning Error (End5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Restart after Baseblock Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Preparing Wire Terminal Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Restart Enabled (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . 175
Preventing Induced Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Returning to Normal Operation after Safe Disable . . . . . . . . . 381
Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86 REV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Protection Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Pull-Out Detection (STo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Reverse Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
PWM Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Q Roping Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Rotation Direction Fault (dv3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
q-Axis Current Control Integral Time during Normal
Rotation Direction Fault (dv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
R rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
R+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 RS-422 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
R- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 RS-485 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
R/L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 RTS Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Radiated Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Rubber Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Ramp to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Run Command Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Rated Current Setting Alarm (End3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 RUN LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rated Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294 RUN LED and Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rated Output Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294 RUN LED Status and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rated Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294 RUN Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Rated Slip Error (Er-08) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
S
Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
S+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
rdEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
S-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
rEAd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
S/L2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . 353
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reading Parameter Settings (flashing) (rEAd). . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Terminal Cover on a NEMA Type 1
S6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Enclosure Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure Drive . . 56
S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reattaching the Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Safe Disable (Hbb) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Recommended Input Fuse Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Safe Disable Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Reduced Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Safe Disable Circuit Fault (HbbF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Reducing Radiated and Radio Frequency Noise . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Safe Disable Function Wiring Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Reference Source Selection Error (oPE05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Safe Disable Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Releveling Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Safe Disable Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply
Remote Operator Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Removing the Cooling Fan (2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139,
Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital
4A0165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Operator Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Removing the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Safe Disable Status (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . 176
Removing the Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Safe Disable Status Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Safe Torque Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Removing the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Hazard Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Removing the Terminal Cover on a NEMA Type 1
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Enclosure Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure
Safety Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Removing the Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
SE1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
SE1 Detection/Reset Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 214
SE2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 399
SE2 Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Speed Detection 4 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . 174
SE3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Speed Detection PG1 Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
SE3 Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Speed Deviation (dEv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 241
SE4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain . . . . . . . . . . . 197
SE4 Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
Self-Diagnosing Function of the Serial Communication Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Interface Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Speed Loop Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Speed Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 151
Separate Speed Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Speed Reference at Reference Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Serial Communication Stand By (CALL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Speed Reference Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Serial Communication Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Speed Reference Loss Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals Speed Reference Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
(TB5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Speed Reference Missing (FrL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 232
Serial Communications Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Speed Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 136
Serial Communications Terminal and DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . 345 Speed Reference Selection Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Setting Motor Parameters Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Speed Reference Setting Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Setting Sink/Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Speed Reference Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Speed Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 295
Setup Group Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Setup Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Stall Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Stall Prevention During Acceleration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Short Floor Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Stall Prevention Selection during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
SI-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sinking Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Starting Current Error (SE2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Sinking Mode (NPN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . 217
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 295
Slave Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Slip Compensation for Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Slip Compensation Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . 96
Slip Compensation Gain in Regenerative Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Stator Resistance Error (Er-20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 STo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration . . . . . . . . . 145 STOP Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . 211 STOP Key Pressed (Er-03). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Slip Compensation Torque Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Stopping Method after Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Slip Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Stopping Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
SN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 69 Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Surge Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3) . . . . . . . 242 SvE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault (Uv3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Switched Phase Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Software version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Sourcing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 T
Sourcing Mode (PNP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
T/L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 69
Task Complete (End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Speed Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Terminal A1 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Speed agree 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Terminal A1 Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Speed agree 2 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Terminal A2 Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Speed Agreement Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Terminal A2 Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Speed Control Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Speed Control Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Terminal AM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Speed Control Loop Delay Time during Position Lock. . . . . . 149
Terminal AM Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Speed Control Loop Integral Time during Position Lock . . . . 149
Terminal AM Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Speed Control Loop Proportional Gain Time
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
during Position Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07, CPF08) . . . . . . . . 230
Speed Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 295
Terminal Board Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Terminal Board Mismatch Error (oPE04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Speed Detection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Terminal Board Wiring Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Speed Detection 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Speed Detection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Terminal Connections for Communication
Speed Detection 2 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Speed Detection 3 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs). . . . . . . . 173
400 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 55 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H . . . . 347
Terminal Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Up/Down Command Error (EF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Terminal FM Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Up/Down Command Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Terminal FM Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Up/Down Command Selection while in Programming Mode . 138
Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Up/Down Command Source Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 UPS Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Terminal P1-C1 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 USB Copy Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 279
Terminal P1-C2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 USB Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Termination Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 USB Port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 99, 100 User Monitor Selection after Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Through mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 172, 180 User Parameter Automatic Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 135
Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 67 User Parameter Default Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 205
Timer Function On-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 135
Timer Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 User Parameters 1 to 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Top Protective Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 38 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Top Protective Cover to Prevent Miswiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Torque Compensation (Multi-Function Analog Inputs). . . . . . 180 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Torque Compensation at Forward Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 User-Set Speed Agree 1 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 170
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 User-Set Speed Agree 2 (Multi-Function Digital Outputs) . . . 173
Torque Compensation Fade Out Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Using a PM Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Torque Compensation Fade Out Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Using Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Using the Photocoupler and Contact Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Torque Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Using the Safe Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1 . . . . . . . . 212 Uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2 . . . . . . . . 213 Uv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Uv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Torque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Uv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Torque Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 V
Torque Detection Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
V/f Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Torque Detection Selection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 295
V/f Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Torque Limit Reduction Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
V/f Pattern Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Torque Limit Selection from
V/f Pattern Setting Error (oPE10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Communications Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
V/T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
vAEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Verifying Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Traction Sheave Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
vFyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Travel Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Travel Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
TrPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 261
voF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 244
Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch (vAEr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
vrFy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . 96, 97 W
W/T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
U
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
U/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Watt Loss 200 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
U2, U3 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 200 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
UL/cUL Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Wire Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 67
UL3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 244
Wire Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
UL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 244
Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 244
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 244
Within Position Lock Bandwidth (Multi-Function Digital
Undervoltage (Uv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Undervoltage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Writing Parameter Settings (CoPy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Undervoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Unit Selection Z
Accel/Decel Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Zero Phase Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Elevator Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Zero Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Jerk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Zero Speed Level at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Zero-Speed Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual 401
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
402 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 32A YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A Technical Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive L1000A
AC Drive for Elevator Applications
Technical Manual
YASKAWA
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure
to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.